{"title":"Essentials","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"adjustable-caps-perma-curve-sun-visors-hat-men-women-unisex-sports-cap","title":"Sun Visor Cap – Adjustable Perma-Curve Sports Hat for Men \u0026 Women","description":"\u003cp\u003eStay cool and glare-free with this \u003cstrong\u003esun visor\u003c\/strong\u003e cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable strap fits most head sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerma-curve brim blocks sun glare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, breathable \u0026amp; sweat-wicking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnisex style for men \u0026amp; women\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for golf, tennis, running and long days at the beach.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":32392352432188,"sku":"DS_HA_015_black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"red","offer_id":32392352464956,"sku":"DS_HA_015_red","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"white","offer_id":32392352497724,"sku":"DS_HA_015_white","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"navy","offer_id":32392352530492,"sku":"DS_HA_015_navy","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_8_b003cf9a-91cf-4e37-9eff-32ebc2ff831b.jpg?v=1596532721"},{"product_id":"double-head-tongue-cleaner-oral-care-fda-approved-high-quality-dental-scraper","title":"Tongue Scraper Double Sided Tongue Cleaner Oral Care Brush Adult","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tongue scraper is a small hand tool that lifts the soft coating off the surface of your tongue in one stroke, and this double sided cleaner does it for $9.99 with a scraping edge on one end and a soft rubber massage head on the other.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rinse it under the tap, draw it from the back of the tongue forward, and the film that builds up overnight comes away with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost everyone brushes their teeth twice a day and stops there. The tongue keeps its own coating, and a toothbrush is the wrong shape for it - the bristles push the film around the surface instead of lifting it off. A dedicated scraper has one flat working edge that stays in contact with the tongue and carries the coating forward, which is why this tool has stayed in bathroom drawers for decades despite costing almost nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble sided tongue scraper and cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScraper edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecond head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft rubber massage head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen or blue, sent at random\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under running water after each use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdults and older children\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble sided tongue scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Double Sided Tongue Scraper\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heads on one handle\u003c\/strong\u003e - a firm scraping edge for the coating and a softer rubber head to finish with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleans in seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e - two or three passes from back to front is the entire routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinses completely clean\u003c\/strong\u003e - a smooth moulded tool with no bristles for residue to hide in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts less than a takeaway coffee\u003c\/strong\u003e - at $9.99 it is the cheapest thing you can add to a bathroom cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall enough to travel\u003c\/strong\u003e - fits in a toiletry bag or carry on without taking up space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Use a Tongue Scraper Properly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut your tongue out, place the scraping edge as far back as is comfortable without gagging, and pull forward with light steady pressure. Rinse the tool, then repeat two or three times until nothing more comes away. Finish with the soft rubber head if you want a gentler last pass. Once a day is enough, ideally in the morning before you eat or drink. If you gag, start further forward on the tongue and work backwards over a few days as you get used to the sensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Tongue Scraper Better Than Brushing Your Tongue?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey do slightly different things. A toothbrush has bristles shaped to reach between teeth, so on the broad flat surface of the tongue they tend to move the coating sideways rather than lift it away. A scraper has a single flat edge that stays in contact with the surface and carries material forward and off. Plenty of people use both - brush first, scrape after. Neither replaces the other; a scraper is simply better shaped for this one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Often Should a Tongue Scraper Be Replaced?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no fixed lifespan, but replace it when the scraping edge feels rough, nicked or discoloured, or when the rubber head loses its softness. For most people that is somewhere between six and twelve months of daily use. Because the tool is one moulded piece with no bristles, it usually outlasts a toothbrush by a wide margin. At this price, buying two and keeping a spare in the drawer is a sensible approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are mostly people adding one small step to a morning routine: adults who noticed a white film in the mirror, couples who buy a pair so both bathrooms have one, travellers packing a toiletry bag, and parents introducing an older child to a fuller cleaning routine. It also sells steadily to people who already own a metal scraper and want a cheap second one for the gym bag or the holiday house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are restocking a bathroom drawer, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/personal-care-grooming\"\u003ePersonal Care and Grooming\u003c\/a\u003e range covers the daily items and the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth and Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection has the rest. Anyone sorting out a medicine cabinet at the same time should look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-cutter-box-tablet-splitter-divider-convenient-portable-medicine-organizer\"\u003epill cutter box\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e range covers the small things that are easy to forget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour will I receive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreen or blue, sent at random. We cannot guarantee a specific colour, so please order only if either is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMoulded plastic with a soft rubber massage head. The manufacturer does not supply full material certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan children use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOlder children who manage a toothbrush unsupervised can generally manage a scraper. It is not intended for toddlers, and younger children should be supervised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it make my breath fresher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScraping removes the coating sitting on the tongue surface. We describe only what the tool physically does and make no therapeutic or clinical claim beyond that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not state a dishwasher rating. Rinsing under hot running water is the recommended clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExact dimensions are not published by the manufacturer. It is a standard hand held tongue cleaner sized to sit comfortably in one hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. We dispatch from Australia to every state and territory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, as well as regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, and tracking is emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is a personal care accessory, not a medical or therapeutic device. It is not registered with the TGA and we make no claim that it treats, prevents or cures any condition. Colour is sent at random and cannot be selected. If you have a mouth, tongue or gum concern, please speak to your dentist or doctor.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39391620661308,"sku":"S27889","price":9.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_c030c3e7-a8a0-4e71-97e7-cf145883ca2a.jpg?v=1623908901"},{"product_id":"pill-cutter-box-tablet-splitter-divider-convenient-portable-medicine-organizer","title":"Pill Cutter Box Tablet Splitter with 2 Storage Compartments 10cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis pill cutter is a pocket sized box that splits a tablet in half with one press of the lid and stores the pieces in two built in compartments, measuring roughly 10 x 4.5cm so it fits in a handbag, a glovebox or a bedside drawer.\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop the tablet into the V shaped cradle, close the lid, and the blade does the work in one clean movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplitting tablets with a kitchen knife is how most people start and how most people end up with crumbs, uneven halves and half a dose on the bench. A cutter holds the tablet square against a blade so the cut lands where you want it, and the two compartments underneath mean the halves go straight into storage instead of rolling off the counter. It is a small problem, but it is a daily one for anyone on a split dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplits tablets in half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 separate compartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged lid box with internal blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandbag, glovebox or travel bag size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean, keep the blade dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePill cutter box with 2 storage compartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Pill Cutter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut and store in one unit\u003c\/strong\u003e - the halves drop into the compartments below instead of loose into a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner cut than a knife\u003c\/strong\u003e - the tablet is held square against the blade rather than rocking on a board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlade stays covered\u003c\/strong\u003e - the cutting edge sits inside a closed box, not loose in a drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel sized at 10 x 4.5cm\u003c\/strong\u003e - small enough to live permanently in a handbag or carry on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily use item\u003c\/strong\u003e - cheaper than replacing tablets you have crushed by accident.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Tablets Should Never Be Split?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow release, extended release, controlled release and enteric coated tablets should generally not be split, because cutting through the coating can release the whole dose at once instead of gradually. Capsules should not be cut at all. Many tablets designed to be halved carry a score line down the middle as a visual cue. If a tablet has no score line, or you are not certain, ask your pharmacist before you cut it - they will tell you in seconds and it is the single most important check with any cutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Get an Even Cut Every Time?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLine the score line up with the blade rather than eyeballing the centre of the tablet, seat the tablet flat in the cradle so it cannot rock, and close the lid in one firm movement instead of pressing slowly. A slow press tends to crumble a tablet; a decisive one cuts it. Very small or very rounded tablets are the hardest to hold square, so seat those carefully. Keep the blade dry between uses, since moisture on a blade is what causes tablets to stick and shatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Use a Pill Cutter for Pet Medication?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlenty of people do. Dosing a cat or a small dog often means a quarter or a half of a human sized tablet, and a cutter is far more accurate than a knife for that. The same warning applies - ask your vet whether the specific medication can be divided, and never split a coated or slow release tablet for an animal any more than you would for yourself. Keep a separate cutter for pet medication if you would rather not mix the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically people managing a daily medication routine at home: someone whose prescription was written as a half dose, carers splitting tablets for a parent, travellers who want the cutter and the storage in one small box rather than two, and pet owners dosing a small animal. It also sells to people who simply want a cheap second cutter to keep in the car or at work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you crush tablets rather than split them, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-medicine-crusher-grinder-tool-tablet-box-pill-splitter\"\u003epill crusher\u003c\/a\u003e is the tool for that job - the two do genuinely different things. Browse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth and Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e range for medicine cabinet supplies, or the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection for the small household items that are easy to forget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately 10 x 4.5cm. Treat that as a guide rather than a precise measurement, as the manufacturer quotes it approximately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut a tablet into quarters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can halve a tablet and then halve one of the halves, but quarters are harder to hold square in the cradle and are more likely to crumble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blade replaceable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The blade is fixed inside the unit and is not designed to be removed or replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour will I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColour is not selectable on this listing. Please order only if any colour is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe around children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt contains a blade. Keep it out of reach of children and store it with the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the cradle and compartments with a dry cloth and remove tablet dust after use. Do not soak it, and keep the blade dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is a general household accessory, not a medical device, and it is not registered with the TGA. Not all medicines can be split - slow release, controlled release, enteric coated and capsule forms in particular. Always check with your pharmacist or doctor before dividing any medication. Contains a blade; keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39406523973692,"sku":"S27923","price":16.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S279236.jpg?v=1624938536"},{"product_id":"3-tiers-layers-bamboo-shoe-rack-storage-organizer-wooden-shelf-stand-shelves","title":"Shoe Rack 3 Tier Bamboo Shoe Storage Shelf 67 x 26 x 52cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis shoe rack is a three tier bamboo shelf measuring 67 x 26 x 52cm with side carry handles, and it costs $37.99 with the screws and assembly tool included in the box.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three open tiers across 67cm of width take roughly nine to twelve pairs depending on size, and the whole thing lifts by the side handles once it is built.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pile of shoes by the front door is one of those problems that grows quietly until the day someone trips over it. A rack does not create storage space so much as impose order on space you already had - the same shoes, stacked vertically, take a third of the floor. Bamboo is the right material for an entryway because it handles the damp that comes off wet shoes far better than particle board, which swells and never recovers, and it looks like furniture rather than like storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 x 26 x 52cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide carry handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired - screws and tool included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen shelf, freestanding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 tier bamboo shoe rack, flat packed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Bamboo Shoe Rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo handles entryway damp\u003c\/strong\u003e - wet shoes do not swell and ruin it the way they do particle board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide carry handles\u003c\/strong\u003e - you can lift and move the whole rack, loaded or empty, without dismantling it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e - air circulates around the shoes instead of trapping moisture in a closed cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool and screws supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e - nothing to buy separately and no hunting for a screwdriver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e67cm wide by only 26cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - it sits against a wall or in a hallway without blocking the path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Many Pairs of Shoes Will It Hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcross three tiers at 67cm wide, expect roughly nine to twelve pairs in adult sizes - three or four pairs per shelf depending on how wide the shoes are. Smaller shoes and children's shoes fit more; bulky boots and runners fit fewer, and tall boots will not stand upright on a 26cm deep shelf. If you want a precise number, measure the width of your widest pair and divide 67cm by that figure. Most households find the top tier fills with everyday shoes and the lower two hold the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Is the Best Place to Put a Shoe Rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust inside the front door is the obvious answer and the one that actually changes behaviour, because a rack anyone has to walk past to reach will get used. A wardrobe base is the second best spot. Garages and covered porches work too, though bamboo is an indoor material and should not sit in the weather or in direct rain. At only 26cm deep it fits along a hallway wall without narrowing the walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Care for Bamboo Furniture?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a barely damp cloth and dry it straight away rather than letting water sit on the surface. Do not soak it, do not use harsh solvents, and keep it out of prolonged direct sunlight, which fades and dries bamboo over time. If wet shoes go on it regularly, a quick wipe down every few weeks keeps marks from setting. Check the screws once or twice a year and nip up anything that has loosened - that alone will double the life of any flat packed rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are households trying to reclaim an entryway, renters who want storage that moves house easily, families with growing children whose shoe collection has taken over, and people fitting out a wardrobe base. It also sells to share houses where a shared rack settles the question of whose shoes go where.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e range for more of this kind of thing, and the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e collection for the wider selection. If you need to reach a high shelf while you are sorting the hallway out, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/step-stool-folding-anti-slip-portable-flat-outdoor-store-chair-ladder\"\u003efolding step stool\u003c\/a\u003e packs away just as easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e67cm wide, 26cm deep and 52cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but the screws and the assembly tool are both included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill tall boots fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot standing upright. The shelf spacing suits shoes, sandals, runners and ankle boots. Tall boots need to be laid flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for indoor use. Bamboo left in the weather will deteriorate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity per shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a per shelf weight rating. It is intended for footwear rather than heavy storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the tiers be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the shelf heights are fixed by the frame design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eShoes shown in product photography are not included. For indoor use only. Assemble fully according to the instructions before loading, and do not use the rack as a step or a seat.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39414544400444,"sku":"S28425","price":37.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S284252.jpg?v=1625550488"},{"product_id":"step-stool-folding-anti-slip-portable-flat-outdoor-store-chair-ladder","title":"Step Stool Folding Non Slip Plastic Stool 22 x 29 x 22cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis folding step stool measures 22 x 29 x 22cm in use, folds flat for storage, and carries by a handle that appears in the frame when it is folded - $28.99 for a black plastic stool with grip dot textured surfaces on the top and the feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Open it with one hand, stand on it, fold it and hang it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason most kitchen step stools end up unused is that they have nowhere to live. A rigid stool occupies a permanent square of floor in a room that has none to spare, so it gets pushed into the laundry and forgotten, and people go back to standing on chairs. A stool that folds to a flat panel with its own carry handle solves the storage problem, which is really the adoption problem - it slides behind a door, under a bed or into the gap beside the fridge, and it comes out whenever it is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions in use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 x 29 x 22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack with white dots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds flat for storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt in, appears when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrip dot textured non slip top and feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding step stool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Folding Step Stool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds to a flat panel\u003c\/strong\u003e - it stores behind a door or under a bed rather than taking permanent floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry handle built into the frame\u003c\/strong\u003e - the handle appears as it folds, so there is nothing extra to attach or lose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip dots top and bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e - textured on the standing surface and on the feet, so it grips the floor as well as your shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpens in one movement\u003c\/strong\u003e - no catches to release or legs to line up before you can use it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight enough to carry room to room\u003c\/strong\u003e - a plastic stool moves with one hand, unlike a timber or steel one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow High Does This Step Stool Lift You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stool stands 22cm high, which is a single step - about the height of a standard stair riser and a little over. That is enough to reach the top shelf of most kitchen cupboards, the back of a wardrobe shelf or a high hook, and it is deliberately not more than that. Please note the manufacturer's own marketing copy elsewhere refers to an eleven inch boost, which would be 28cm; the stated dimensions give a height of 22cm, and we have quoted the measured figure rather than the marketing one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should You Store a Folding Stool?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWherever you will actually reach for it, which is usually the kitchen. Behind a pantry door, in the gap beside the fridge, flat under a bed or hung on a hook in the laundry all work, and the built in handle makes hanging it the tidiest option. Keeping it in the garage generally means it never gets used, because nobody walks to the garage to reach a shelf. If you have a two storey home, having one on each floor is more useful than owning a taller ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Step Stool Safer Than Standing on a Chair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA step stool is designed for the job - it has a wide flat standing surface, a low centre of gravity and non slip contact at the feet, none of which describes a dining chair. Chairs have narrow or sloped seats, they tip when you reach sideways, and castors or feet designed for sliding rather than gripping. Use the stool on a firm level floor, keep your weight centred, and step down rather than jumping. Do not use it on carpet edges, on stairs or anywhere the floor is uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are usually people in kitchens with high cupboards, shorter adults who cannot reach a top shelf, older people who want something more stable than a chair, and parents whose children need a hand at the basin. Caravanners and campers also buy it for the way it packs flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHave a look at the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e range for more household items, and the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e collection for things that pack away. If you are organising the entryway at the same time, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tiers-layers-bamboo-shoe-rack-storage-organizer-wooden-shelf-stand-shelves\"\u003ethree tier bamboo shoe rack\u003c\/a\u003e is a good pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e22cm, based on the stated dimensions of 22 x 29 x 22cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a maximum user weight for this stool. If a specific rating matters for your use, please contact us before ordering and we will ask the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thin is it folded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as folding flat. An exact folded thickness is not published, so treat any specific figure with caution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan children use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChildren should only use it with adult supervision, on a firm level floor, and should never be left to climb or play on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it slip on tiles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe feet carry a grip dot texture intended to resist sliding. Always check the stool is stable on the floor before stepping up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly on firm, level, dry ground. Do not use it on grass, gravel, sloping ground or wet surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNo maximum user weight is published by the manufacturer for this stool. Use only on a firm, level, dry surface, keep your weight centred over the stool, and do not use it on stairs, ladders or uneven ground. Children must be supervised at all times. Check the stool is fully open and stable before stepping on it.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39414544498748,"sku":"S29550","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S295505.jpg?v=1625550720"},{"product_id":"wireless-bluetooth-3-5mm-aux-audio-music-receiver-stereo-home-car-adapter","title":"Bluetooth Audio Receiver - 3.5mm AUX Adapter for Car and Home Stereo","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Bluetooth audio receiver plugs into any 3.5mm AUX input and lets a phone stream to it wirelessly, using Bluetooth 4.1 with a stated range of 10 metres and a built-in microphone for hands-free calls. It is $14.99 at Lets Party.\u003c\/strong\u003e It runs on an internal 180mAh rechargeable battery giving up to four hours of playback, and charges over USB at 5V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem this solves is a specific one: you have a perfectly good stereo, car head unit, powered speaker or amplifier that predates Bluetooth, and a phone with no headphone socket. The equipment is not broken and does not need replacing - it just has an AUX input and nothing to plug into it. A receiver bridges that gap for the price of a couple of coffees. It is also the cheapest way to get wireless audio into a car that is otherwise fine, which matters when the alternative is a new head unit and an installation fee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 + EDR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2DP stereo, Class 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStated range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutput\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm stereo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicrophone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt in, for hands-free calls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180mAh internal rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlayback time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCharging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB, 5V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission rate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3Mbps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReceiver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Bluetooth audio receiver with built-in microphone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x USB charging cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 3.5mm stereo inlet socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm male to male audio cable, USB wall charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Bluetooth Audio Receiver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps working equipment working\u003c\/strong\u003e - a stereo or head unit with no Bluetooth becomes wireless for $14.99 instead of being replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on its own battery\u003c\/strong\u003e - it does not need to stay plugged into power, so it can sit anywhere within reach of the AUX socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free calls\u003c\/strong\u003e - the built-in microphone means a call routed through the car stereo does not have to be taken on the handset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with anything that has an aux input\u003c\/strong\u003e - car head units, hi-fi amplifiers, powered speakers, older docks and some in-car systems all take a 3.5mm feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall enough to move around\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is easy to shift between the car and a home stereo rather than buying one for each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does a Bluetooth Audio Receiver Actually Do?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt sits at the opposite end of the chain from a Bluetooth speaker. A speaker receives audio and plays it; a receiver receives audio and hands it on as an ordinary analogue signal through a 3.5mm plug, so whatever you connect it to does the playing. Your phone sees it as a Bluetooth audio device and pairs with it exactly like a set of headphones. The stereo sees an ordinary line input and has no idea Bluetooth is involved at all. That is why it works with equipment far older than Bluetooth itself - it is not asking the stereo to understand anything new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill This Work in a Car Without Bluetooth?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the car has a 3.5mm AUX input - usually a small round socket on the head unit face, in the centre console or inside the glovebox. Plug the receiver into that socket with a 3.5mm male to male cable, select AUX as the source, and pair your phone. Two practical notes. The cable is not included, so check whether you already have one. And the receiver runs on its own battery for about four hours, so on long trips it is worth running the USB charging cable to a car USB port and leaving it powered. If your car has no AUX socket at all, this will not help - a car with only a CD player and a radio needs a different solution such as an FM transmitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes Bluetooth 4.1 Still Work With a Modern Phone?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bluetooth is backwards compatible, so a phone running Bluetooth 5.3 will pair and stream to a 4.1 device without any trouble. What you should set expectations around is audio quality rather than compatibility. A receiver at this price uses the standard SBC codec, which is the baseline every Bluetooth device supports. It is entirely fine for podcasts, radio, streaming in a car and background music, and it is not the right choice if you are feeding a high-end hi-fi and listening critically. For that use a wired connection or a receiver that supports a higher-quality codec. At $14.99 this is a convenience device, and it is honest to say so.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically drivers with an older car that has an AUX socket but no Bluetooth, people with a good older hi-fi amplifier they do not want to replace, anyone whose phone has lost its headphone jack, and households wanting to stream to a set of powered desk speakers without running a cable across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of the desk and car kit, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tech-mobile-accessories\"\u003eTech and Mobile Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e collects the everyday items worth keeping a spare of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the audio cable included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the receiver, a USB charging cable and a 3.5mm stereo inlet socket. A 3.5mm male to male cable is what connects it to most stereos and is not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich USB connector does it charge with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier's own documentation is inconsistent here - one section says mini USB and the package list says micro USB. We have asked rather than guess. Assume you may need a micro USB cable and note that one charging cable is included in the box either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the battery last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to four hours of playback from the 180mAh internal battery. It can be used while charging, which is what most people do in a car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for phone calls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. There is a microphone built in, so calls can be taken hands-free through whatever the receiver is plugged into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it connect to two phones at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo multipoint pairing is listed. Treat it as a one-device-at-a-time receiver; you disconnect one phone before pairing another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work with a TV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly if the TV has a 3.5mm analogue audio output, which many modern sets no longer have. Optical or HDMI ARC outputs need a different adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it improve my sound quality?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and nothing at this price will. It adds convenience to an existing system; it does not change how that system sounds beyond the limits of standard Bluetooth streaming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from within Australia, so orders reach Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin quickly rather than waiting on overseas transit. Regional and remote addresses go through the standard Australia Post network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecifications including Bluetooth version, range, battery capacity and playback time are supplied by the manufacturer. Wireless range depends on your environment - walls, metal and other 2.4GHz devices all reduce it. Do not operate or adjust this device while driving.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39434333585468,"sku":"S28336","price":14.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S283361.jpg?v=1627462358"},{"product_id":"pill-medicine-crusher-grinder-tool-tablet-box-pill-splitter","title":"Pill Crusher Tablet Grinder with Built In Storage Compartment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis pill crusher grinds a tablet down to a fine powder using a twisting action, and it costs $18.99 with a storage compartment built into the same unit so the powder has somewhere to go.\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop the tablet in, twist the top, and what comes out can be stirred into water, yoghurt or soft food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwallowing tablets is difficult for a lot of people, and the usual workarounds are worse than the problem - a spoon against a bench leaves half the dose scattered, and a mortar and pestle is impractical to keep in a handbag. A dedicated crusher contains the whole process inside a sealed chamber, so nothing is lost to the bench and nothing is left behind. That matters most for the people who need it most: someone recovering from surgery, an older parent, or a child who cannot manage a whole tablet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushes tablets to a fine powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCombined crusher and storage in one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwist top grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSent at random\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe out residue after each use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePill crusher with storage compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Pill Crusher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing is lost to the bench\u003c\/strong\u003e - the tablet is crushed inside a closed chamber, so the full dose stays in the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrusher and storage in one\u003c\/strong\u003e - no transferring powder between containers and no second lid to lose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist action rather than pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e - easier on the hands than pressing down hard on a spoon or a press.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall enough to carry\u003c\/strong\u003e - it travels in a handbag or a bedside drawer rather than living in a kitchen cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the people who need it\u003c\/strong\u003e - a practical answer for anyone who cannot comfortably swallow a whole tablet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Medicines Must Never Be Crushed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow release, extended release, controlled release and enteric coated tablets should not be crushed. The coating on those tablets is what controls how fast the medicine is released, and grinding it away can deliver the entire dose at once. Capsules should not be crushed either. Some medicines are also irritant or hazardous as a powder. Ask your pharmacist about the specific medicine before you crush it - it takes one question, and it is the single most important thing to check with any crusher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Difference Between a Pill Crusher and a Pill Cutter?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey solve two different problems. A cutter splits a tablet into halves so you can take a smaller dose - the tablet stays a tablet. A crusher reduces the whole tablet to powder so it can be mixed into a drink or soft food by someone who cannot swallow tablets at all. Buying one when you needed the other is the most common mistake with these products. If you need halves, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-cutter-box-tablet-splitter-divider-convenient-portable-medicine-organizer\"\u003epill cutter box\u003c\/a\u003e is the right tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Stop Powder Sticking Inside the Chamber?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the chamber out with a dry cloth or a cotton bud after every use and let it dry fully before closing it. Moisture is what makes powder cake to the walls, so avoid rinsing it under the tap immediately before use. If you crush different medicines at different times, clean between them so residue from one dose does not carry into the next. A completely dry unit crushes more cleanly and empties more completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are usually carers and family members rather than the person taking the medicine: adult children managing a parent's daily doses, carers in a home setting, people recovering from throat or dental surgery, and parents of children who cannot swallow tablets yet. It also sells to pet owners who need to mix a dose into food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePair it with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-cutter-box-tablet-splitter-divider-convenient-portable-medicine-organizer\"\u003epill cutter box\u003c\/a\u003e if you deal with both halves and powders, and browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth and Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e range for the rest of the medicine cabinet. The \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection covers the other small items that are easy to overlook until you need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions for this item. It is a hand held unit sized to be carried rather than a benchtop tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour will I receive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColours are sent at random and cannot be selected. Please order only if any colour is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fine is the powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFine enough to stir into water or soft food. Very hard or very large tablets may need a second twist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it crush more than one tablet at a time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCrush one at a time. Multiple tablets are harder to grind evenly and make the chamber harder to empty completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo dishwasher rating is supplied. Wipe it out dry rather than washing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for supplements and vitamins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the same mechanical action works on supplement tablets. The same warning about coated and slow release forms still applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is a general household accessory, not a medical device, and it is not registered with the TGA. Many medicines must not be crushed, including slow release, controlled release, enteric coated tablets and capsules. Always check with your pharmacist or doctor before crushing any medication. Dimensions are not supplied by the manufacturer and colour is sent at random.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39445429059644,"sku":"S29514","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S295141.jpg?v=1628220886"},{"product_id":"fly-free-entertaining-chemical-free-fly-repellent-fly-fan-indoor-outdoor-home-rose-gold","title":"Fly Fan Chemical Free Fly Repellent for Tables Indoor Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA fly fan is a small battery powered fan with soft holographic blades that turn slowly above a table, and this rose gold one costs $21.99 and runs on two AA batteries.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set it beside the food, switch it on, and the moving blades stop flies settling on whatever is underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Australian summer meal outdoors involves the same routine of waving a hand over the food. The alternatives are worse: fly spray near a plate is unpleasant and not something you want around children or pets, and a cover means lifting it every time someone wants seconds. A fan does the waving for you, silently and without chemicals, and it does not stop you getting at the food. It is a small product that solves an annoyance rather than a problem, which is exactly why people buy it and then buy a second one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRose gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries - NOT included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft stop blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord free, quiet running\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemicals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - fully mechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFly repellent fan, rose gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Fly Fan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo spray anywhere near the food\u003c\/strong\u003e - it works mechanically, so nothing is released into the air over the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft stop blades\u003c\/strong\u003e - the blades stop on contact rather than continuing to spin, which is what makes it usable around children and pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet\u003c\/strong\u003e - it runs quietly enough to sit on a table through a whole meal without anyone noticing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCord free\u003c\/strong\u003e - two AA batteries and it goes anywhere, including a picnic table or a camp site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e - it stays put on a smooth outdoor table rather than walking across it as it runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Does a Fly Fan Actually Keep Flies Away?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurely by movement. The rotating blades create a moving surface and a light air disturbance directly above the food, and flies will not commit to landing on a surface where something is sweeping over it. There is nothing chemical, ultrasonic or electrical about the effect - it is the same principle as waving your hand, done continuously. That also sets the limits: it protects the area directly under and immediately around the blades, not a whole outdoor setting. For a long table, two units at either end works better than one in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs It Safe to Use Around Children and Pets?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blades are soft and designed to stop when they meet resistance rather than keep turning, which is the whole point of the design and the reason it is sold for use on a table where people are eating. That said, it is still a moving mechanical object with small parts, so keep it out of reach of toddlers, supervise young children around it, and do not let anyone deliberately put fingers into the blades. Because there is nothing sprayed or emitted, there is nothing for a child or pet to inhale or ingest from the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Fly Fan Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a flat table with food on it, indoors or out - a kitchen bench while you prepare a meal, a picnic table, a barbecue serving table, a camp table, a market or fruit stall. It works best in still conditions; in a decent breeze the fan is redundant, because flies do not settle in wind anyway. Keep it away from the edge of the table and out of the path of serving arms. It is not a substitute for covering food that is being left out for a long period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people who eat outdoors: families with an outdoor setting, barbecue hosts, campers and caravanners, and anyone in a warm climate where summer meals mean flies. It also sells to cafes, market stalls and fruit shops that want a chemical free option near open food, and it is a common small gift for someone who entertains outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are setting up an outdoor eating area, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/outdoor-awning-cloth-sun-shades-sail-shelter-covers-tent-canopy-uv-protection-1\"\u003e5.4 x 5.4m rectangle shade sail\u003c\/a\u003e covers the space above it and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/solar-sensor-led-street-lights-flood-garden-wall-light-motion-pole-outdoor-30w\"\u003e30W solar flood light\u003c\/a\u003e handles it after dark. More household items are in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre batteries included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It takes 2 x AA batteries, which are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer's spec sheet gives a dimension we believe is incorrect for a tabletop unit of this type, so we have chosen not to publish a size rather than quote a figure we cannot stand behind. If exact dimensions matter to you, contact us and we will measure one before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it kill flies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It discourages them from landing in the area under the blades. It is not a trap, a zapper or an insecticide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as quiet operation. It is a small low speed fan, not a cooling fan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, on a kitchen bench or dining table as easily as outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work on mosquitoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed and sold for flies. We make no claim about mosquitoes or other insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product deters flies from landing in the immediate area by mechanical movement. It does not kill insects, sterilise food or prevent illness, and it is not a food safety device - normal food handling and storage practice still applies. Batteries are not included. Supervise children around any moving mechanical product.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lets Party","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47969159086381,"sku":"HO0300-RG","price":21.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/1_frpaoi6gnuljxifp.jpg?v=1630494186"},{"product_id":"self-cleaning-mop-bucket-system-flat-floor-squeeze-drying-wringing-wash-microfiber-pads-x-2","title":"Flat Mop and Bucket Set Self Cleaning System with 3 Microfibre Pads","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis flat mop and bucket set has two sides inside the bucket - one to wash the pad and one to wring it dry - so you never touch a dirty mop head or tip out a bucket of grey water by hand. It costs $54.99 and comes with three microfibre pads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dip on the wash side, drag across the dry side, and keep mopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem with a traditional mop is that after the first room you are pushing dirty water around. Rinsing means wringing a filthy head by hand or with a lever that flings water everywhere, and most people simply do not rinse often enough. A two sided bucket makes rinsing something you do every few square metres because it takes two seconds and your hands stay dry. The lid also stops the splash back that makes people give up on rinsing altogether. It is the difference between mopping a floor and moving dirt around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS, microfibre, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMop head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat, 360 degree rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo sided - wash side and dry side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitted, prevents splash back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 microfibre, reusable and washable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSegments for storage inside the bucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimber, tile, marble and other hard floors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat mop with segmented handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBucket with wash and dry sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrofibre pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Flat Mop System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour hands never touch the pad\u003c\/strong\u003e - washing and wringing both happen inside the bucket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWash and dry sides separated\u003c\/strong\u003e - you rinse into dirty water and wring against a clean surface, so the pad goes back down cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree pads, not one\u003c\/strong\u003e - swap to a fresh pad mid job and wash them all together afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 degree head\u003c\/strong\u003e - it turns into corners and under furniture without you lifting and repositioning the whole mop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks into itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the handle comes apart and stores inside the bucket, which is why it fits under a sink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is a Flat Mop Different From a Spin Mop?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flat mop uses a rectangular pad on a swivelling plate, so it covers a wide strip in one pass and slides flat under kickboards, beds and couches. A spin mop uses a round head in a basket and is better at scrubbing into an uneven surface such as textured tile. Flat mops generally leave less water behind, which matters on timber, and they get closer to edges and corners. For flat modern floors - tile, vinyl, sealed timber, laminate - a flat mop is usually the faster tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Should Microfibre Pads Be Washed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine wash them warm with detergent and no fabric softener, and that last part matters more than anything else. Softener coats microfibre fibres and destroys the electrostatic grab that makes them pick up dust - a softened pad smears where a clean one lifts. Wash them separately from lint shedding items such as towels, and air dry or tumble on low. Treated this way a set of pads lasts a long time; treated with softener they stop working after a few washes and people blame the mop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan It Be Used on Timber Floors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the manufacturer lists timber, tile and marble. The key with sealed timber is water volume rather than the mop itself: wring the pad properly on the dry side so it comes out damp rather than wet, and the floor should be dry within a minute or two of passing over it. Standing water is what damages timber, and a well wrung flat mop leaves very little behind. On unsealed or waxed timber, check the floor manufacturer's advice before using any damp mop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are households with large areas of hard flooring, people with back or knee problems who want to stop bending over a bucket, renters after a compact system that stores under a sink, and anyone replacing a string mop that never seemed to get the floor properly clean. It also sells well to pet owners, who mop far more often than everyone else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTo keep the cleaning cupboard in order, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/100pcs-reusable-cable-tie-nylon-hook-loop-strap-cord-ties-pc-tv-organiser-au\"\u003e100 pack reusable cable ties\u003c\/a\u003e are useful for bundling cords and hoses. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e for more household items and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the everyday basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree. Please note the previous product title said two - the manufacturer's package contents list specifies three microfibre pads, and that is the figure we have used. If yours arrives with a different number, contact us and we will sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the bucket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a capacity, mop head size or handle length for this set. We have not invented figures. Contact us before ordering if a specific dimension matters and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre replacement pads available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStandard flat mop pads of the same style are widely available. We do not currently list a dedicated replacement pack for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need cleaning solution?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It works with water alone, or with your usual floor cleaner if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the handle be shortened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe handle is segmented so it can be taken apart for storage inside the bucket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bucket sturdy enough to sit on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a cleaning bucket, not a step or a seat, and has no weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBucket capacity, mop head size and handle length are not published by the manufacturer. Always test a damp mop on an inconspicuous area first, particularly on timber, and follow your flooring manufacturer's cleaning advice. Do not use fabric softener on microfibre pads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lets Party","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40098063614012,"sku":"PLS-MB-L-17","price":54.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/bucket-large-2_cma04i2namdv336q.png?v=1633406418"},{"product_id":"wireless-bluetooth-5-0-stereo-eye-mask-headphones-earphone-sleep-music-mask","title":"Sleep Headphones - Bluetooth Eye Mask with Built In Speakers and Mic","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese sleep headphones are flat Bluetooth speakers built into a soft velvet eye mask, so you can listen to music, audiobooks or podcasts lying down without anything pressing into your ear. The mask weighs 106g, runs 3 to 4 hours on its 180mAh battery, and is $29.99 in black at Lets Party.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a built-in microphone for hands-free calls and connects to phones and tablets over Bluetooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason this product exists is that ordinary earbuds and side sleeping are fundamentally incompatible. A hard earbud between your ear and the pillow either falls out or hurts, and over-ear headphones are worse. The alternative most people fall back on is playing audio out loud from a phone on the bedside table, which does not work if anyone else is in the room. Flat drivers sewn into a fabric band solve the mechanical problem: there is nothing rigid to press against, and the mask blocks light at the same time, which is useful for shift workers, long-haul flights and anyone whose bedroom faces a streetlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadband eye mask with built-in speakers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelvet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth wireless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180mAh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlayback time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 to 4 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicrophone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt in, for hands-free calls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume and track skip on the mask\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMask\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Bluetooth eye mask with built-in speakers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x USB charging cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB wall charger, carry pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Sleep Headphones Over Earbuds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing rigid in your ear\u003c\/strong\u003e - the speakers are flat and sit against the side of the head, so lying on your side does not push anything into the ear canal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlocks light as well as delivering sound\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is doing the job of an eye mask at the same time, which is the whole point of combining the two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to lose in the bedding\u003c\/strong\u003e - a single band cannot fall out and disappear under the doona the way a loose earbud can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free calls\u003c\/strong\u003e - the built-in microphone means you can take a call without sitting up and finding the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight at 106g\u003c\/strong\u003e - light enough that most people stop noticing it, which is the difference between wearing it and abandoning it after a week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Sleep on Your Side Wearing These?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide sleeping is the specific problem this design exists to solve, so yes - that is the use case it is built for. The speakers are flat panels rather than the cylindrical drivers in earbuds, and they sit inside the fabric band rather than protruding from it. Two honest caveats. The speaker panels are still objects, so if you sleep on a very firm pillow you may feel where they sit and want to shift the band slightly so the panels rest forward of your ear rather than directly on it. And on a soft pillow the fabric can bunch. Most people find the position that works within the first couple of nights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill the Battery Last All Night?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and it is worth being upfront about that because a lot of listings for this kind of product are not. Three to four hours of playback will not cover an eight hour night. For the way most people actually use sleep headphones that is not a problem - the common pattern is listening to something while falling asleep and letting it run out, or using a sleep timer in your podcast or music app so it stops on its own. If what you want is continuous audio from lights-out to morning, this is not the product for that, and you would need something with a much larger battery. If you want half an hour of an audiobook while you drift off, four hours is more than enough and you charge it every few nights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAre Sleep Headphones Better Than Earbuds in Bed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sleeping, generally yes, for two reasons beyond comfort. The first is that earbuds seal the ear canal for hours at a time, which traps moisture and is a known contributor to ear irritation - flat speakers sitting outside the ear do not. The second is that a hard earbud pressed between skull and pillow puts sustained pressure on the ear cartilage, which is what causes the ache people wake up with. Where earbuds win is sound quality and isolation. A sealed earbud will always sound fuller and block more noise than a flat panel a centimetre from your ear. If you need to block a snoring partner or traffic, earplugs or proper noise-cancelling gear will do it better; if you want something pleasant to listen to while falling asleep, this is the more comfortable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically side sleepers who have given up on earbuds in bed, shift workers who need to sleep during daylight, frequent flyers who want one item instead of a mask plus headphones, people who listen to audiobooks or sleep podcasts at night, and partners of light sleepers who cannot play audio out loud.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more of the same kind of thing, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tech-mobile-accessories\"\u003eTech and Mobile Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for everyday items worth having a spare of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the battery last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately three to four hours of playback from a 180mAh battery. It is designed for listening while falling asleep rather than all night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier has not given us washing instructions, and this is a fabric mask with electronics sewn in, so we are not going to guess at whether the module removes. Message us before ordering if washability is important and we will ask them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it block sound as well as light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It covers the eyes and it plays audio, but it is not a noise-blocking product. If noise is the problem, earplugs are the right tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work with an iPhone and an Android?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it pairs as an ordinary Bluetooth audio device, so it works with any phone, tablet or laptop with Bluetooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Bluetooth version is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier's specification sheet does not state a version, so we have not put one in the specifications table even though the previous title claimed one. We have asked them to confirm it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for calls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. There is a microphone built into the mask for hands-free calls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a headband style mask, so it stretches to fit. No specific size range has been supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe dispatch from within Australia, so orders reach Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin quickly rather than waiting on overseas transit. Regional and remote addresses go through the standard Australia Post network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecifications including battery capacity, playback time and weight are supplied by the manufacturer. This is a comfort and entertainment product. It is not a medical device and we make no claim that it treats insomnia or any other sleep disorder - if you have persistent trouble sleeping, that is worth raising with your GP.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39531007934524,"sku":"S30232","price":29.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S302321.jpg?v=1634184096"},{"product_id":"100pcs-reusable-cable-tie-nylon-hook-loop-strap-cord-ties-pc-tv-organiser-au","title":"Cable Ties Reusable 100pc Hook and Loop Cord Straps 15cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pack of 100 reusable cable ties, each 15cm long, made from hook and loop fabric that grips onto itself, with an eye hole in the tail so a tie can stay attached to the cable or hang from a hook - $29.99 for the pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike plastic zip ties, you undo these and use them again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who has cut a zip tie off a cable knows the annoyance: you needed to add one more cable, so a perfectly good tie became rubbish and you needed the snips to get it off. Fabric ties open and close by hand as many times as you like, which changes how you use them - you stop rationing them and start tidying properly. The eye hole is the detail that makes them better than a plain strip of hook and loop tape: thread the tail through and the tie stays permanently attached to that cable, so it is never missing when you next coil it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook and loop fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFastening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf gripping - the tie grips onto itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, open and close repeatedly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye hole for attaching or hanging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple ties can be linked for longer runs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable hook and loop cable ties, 15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Reusable Cable Ties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo cutting, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e - adding or removing a cable takes a second and does not consume the tie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye hole in the tail\u003c\/strong\u003e - loop the tie onto the cable and it stays with that cable permanently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLink them for length\u003c\/strong\u003e - two or three joined together handle a thick bundle, a hose or a folded tripod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabric will not score cables\u003c\/strong\u003e - a soft strap does not bite into insulation the way an overtightened plastic tie does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 in a pack\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough to do the whole house rather than one desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAre Reusable Ties Better Than Plastic Zip Ties?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anything you will ever need to open again, yes. Plastic zip ties are cheap, permanent and very strong, which makes them right for a bundle that will never change - a loom inside a machine, a fence, a cable run in a wall. Fabric ties are right for everything else: desk cables, extension leads, chargers, audio and video leads, camera gear, anything you coil and uncoil. They also do not cut into soft cable jackets, which matters on expensive leads. Most people should own both and use them for different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Use Them For Besides Cables?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFar more than the name suggests. Garden hoses, extension cords, rope, tent poles, camping gear, sports equipment, paint brushes, bundles of stakes, rolled up yoga mats, cords on blinds, luggage straps and closing opened bags of anything. In a garage or a shed, a handful hung on nails turns a wall into cable storage. They are also useful for marking - two ties in different positions on identical black leads tells you which is which without a label maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill They Lose Grip Over Time?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHook and loop fabric does wear eventually, and the usual cause is not use but contamination - lint, dust, hair and pet fur clog the hook side and stop it engaging. Keep them out of pockets and off carpet where they collect fluff, and pick loose fibres out of the hook face if grip drops. They also lose strength if left permanently in sunlight or heat. Used indoors on cables, a tie will typically outlast the cable it is holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people tidying a desk or entertainment unit, home office workers, photographers and musicians with a lot of leads, tradespeople and campers, and anyone who has an unusable drawer of tangled chargers. It also sells to offices and schools buying in quantity, since 100 covers a whole room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are organising a room properly, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-travel-bag-organiser-toiletry-clothes-case-tidy-bags-suitcase-luggage\"\u003e5 piece travel organiser set\u003c\/a\u003e does the same job inside a bag. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the everyday basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is each tie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15cm. Two or more can be joined together for a longer run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a width for these ties, only the 15cm length. Contact us before ordering if the width matters and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColour is not specified by the manufacturer on this listing. Please order only if any colour is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be cut to length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they can be cut or combined. Cutting will leave a raw fabric edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they hold heavy items?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are designed for bundling, not for load bearing. Do not use them to suspend or support anything heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey will work outdoors but prolonged sun and weather exposure will shorten their life. For permanent outdoor runs, use plastic ties rated for UV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese are cable management straps, not load bearing or safety equipment. Do not use them to suspend, lift or secure anything where failure would cause injury or damage. Width and colour are not specified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39544002084924,"sku":"S31731","price":29.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S317312.jpg?v=1634789943"},{"product_id":"multi-angle-ruler-template-tool-for-tile-flooring-measuring-7-ways","title":"Multi Angle Ruler - Adjustable Template Tool for Tiles, Laminate and Timber","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis multi angle ruler is a four-arm template tool that you form to the shape of an awkward opening, lock with a one-handed tightener, and then lay on your tile or board as a cutting stencil. The arms are glass filled nylon and are calibrated in both inches and metric. It is $18.99 at Lets Party.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits tiles, brick pavers, laminate, timber and sheet material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe job this exists for is the one that ruins an afternoon: the tile that has to fit around a door architrave, a toilet base, a pipe or a stair nosing. The traditional method is a tape measure, a bevel, a pencil and three attempts, and the first two tiles go in the bin. A shape-copying template removes the arithmetic entirely - you are no longer measuring an angle and transferring a number, you are copying the shape directly onto the material. For anyone laying their own floor, the tool pays for itself on the first pair of tiles it saves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass filled nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-sided adjustable mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalibration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual marked - imperial and metric on every arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle tightening mechanism, one-handed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiles, brick pavers, laminate, timber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated by supplier - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAngle range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated by supplier - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x multi angle template ruler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking pencil, tile cutter, saw, spare parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Template Tool Over Measuring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopies the shape, does not measure it\u003c\/strong\u003e - no angle to read off, no number to write down, no chance of transposing it wrongly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocks and holds\u003c\/strong\u003e - once tightened the shape stays put while you carry it from the wall to the workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeats exactly\u003c\/strong\u003e - a locked template marks ten identical pieces the same way, which matters on stair treads and repeating courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass filled nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e - the glass fibre makes the arms stiff enough to hold their set rather than flexing while you trace around them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoth unit systems\u003c\/strong\u003e - every arm carries imperial and metric, so it works with whatever your materials are specified in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Does a Multi Angle Ruler Work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou loosen the mechanism, push the four arms against the sides of the opening you need to fit, and the arms conform to that shape. Tighten the lock and the tool holds it. You then lay the tool onto the tile or board and draw around the inside of the arms, which gives you a cutting line that matches the opening. The important detail is that no measurement happens at any point - the shape is transferred physically, so the two common sources of error, misreading an angle and mismeasuring a length, both disappear. Mark the tile with the tool oriented the same way it sat in the opening; flipping it is the mistake that produces a perfect mirror image of the piece you needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Jobs Is an Angle Template Actually Useful For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloor and wall tiling around door frames, skirting, pipes, toilet pans and window reveals is the main one. Beyond that it is genuinely useful for laminate and vinyl plank flooring, where every board at the edge of a room needs scribing to an irregular wall; for cutting timber to fit against a wall that is not square, which is most walls; for brick paving around garden edges and drainage; and for cutting sheet material such as plasterboard or ply into an existing opening. It is also handy for marking repeat angles on a set of pieces without resetting a bevel each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Use It to Mark a Curve?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly roughly, and it is worth being straight about this because the original supplier copy claimed the tool makes \"bull's eyes and arches\". Four straight arms cannot describe a curve - they can only approximate one as four straight segments. For a shallow arch across a wide opening that approximation may be close enough to then smooth by hand. For a genuine circle, a tight radius or a proper arch, you want a compass, a trammel or a contour gauge with sliding pins, which copies a curved profile properly. Use this tool for what it is excellent at, which is straight-sided irregular shapes, and use the right tool for curves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically people tiling a bathroom or laundry themselves, anyone laying laminate or vinyl plank flooring, home renovators cutting boards into rooms that are not square, and tradespeople who want a cheap template tool that lives in the ute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more of the same, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tools-hardware\"\u003eTools and Hardware\u003c\/a\u003e range and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for everyday items worth having on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier has not given us overall dimensions or the maximum opening it will span, and we are not going to estimate them. If the size of the opening you need to template matters, message us before ordering and we will get the figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat range of angles does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlso not stated by the supplier. The mechanism is described as four-sided and forming to the work area, but no angle limits are given. We have asked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it strong enough to use as a straight edge for cutting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a marking template, not a cutting guide. Running a blade along a nylon arm will damage the arm and spoil the tool's accuracy. Mark with it, then cut to the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work on curved walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly approximately - see the section above. A contour gauge is the right tool for curves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it one handed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tightening mechanism is designed for one-handed operation, which is the point when you are holding the tool against a wall with the other hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it accurate enough for tiling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor domestic tiling, yes - copying a shape directly is generally more accurate than measuring and transferring it. Always dry-fit the cut piece before fixing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not list a printed manual in the contents. The tool is straightforward: form, lock, trace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from within Australia, so orders reach Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin quickly rather than waiting on overseas transit. Regional and remote addresses go through the standard Australia Post network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eMaterial and features are as supplied by the manufacturer. Overall dimensions and angle range have not been provided to us and are deliberately not stated rather than estimated. Always wear eye protection when cutting tile, stone or timber, and follow the safety instructions for your cutting tool.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39556438491196,"sku":"S32141","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S321412.jpg?v=1635395668"},{"product_id":"yoga-exercise-pilate-cotton-stretch-strap-d-ring-belt-leg-waist-resistance-band","title":"Yoga Strap – Cotton D-Ring Stretch Belt for Flexibility","description":"\u003cp\u003eImprove flexibility with this durable \u003cstrong\u003eyoga strap\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong cotton weave with D-ring buckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds poses \u0026amp; deepens stretches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for legs, waist \u0026amp; shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits yoga, Pilates \u0026amp; physio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for building flexibility, mobility and safer stretching.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":39562413965372,"sku":"S32148","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":39562413998140,"sku":"S32151","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue","offer_id":39562414030908,"sku":"S32152","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Purple","offer_id":39562414063676,"sku":"S32154","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/cover_eda2b541-581c-4e53-8823-06b016f28665.jpg?v=1635756080"},{"product_id":"windproof-upside-down-reverse-umbrella-double-layer-inside-out-inverted-c-handle","title":"Windproof Umbrella Inverted Double Layer C Handle 110cm Reverse","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an inverted umbrella: it folds the other way, so the wet surface ends up on the inside and the dry surface faces out. It opens to 110cm across (123cm measured around the curve), weighs 500g, and has a C shaped handle you can hook over your wrist - $31.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e Double layer ribs give it its wind resistance, and one button opens and closes it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe inverted design exists for one moment: getting into a car in the rain. A normal umbrella has to come down outside the door, which soaks you and the seat, and then drips through the footwell for the rest of the trip. An inverted one closes upward with the wet face folding inward, so you can shut it inside the doorway and set it down without water going anywhere. The same trick works at a front door, a shop entrance or a lift. The C handle is the other half of the design - it hooks over your forearm, which frees both hands for a door handle, a phone or shopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInverted \/ reverse folding, double layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110cm (123cm measured on the curve)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC shaped, hands free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne click button, open and close\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFibre, ABS and steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStar Sky\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdults and children\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC handle inverted umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose an Inverted Umbrella\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe wet side folds inward\u003c\/strong\u003e - you close it inside a car or doorway without dripping on yourself, the seat or the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC handle hooks over your wrist\u003c\/strong\u003e - both hands stay free for a door, a phone or shopping bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble layer ribs\u003c\/strong\u003e - two layers of fabric and a doubled frame resist inversion in wind rather than flipping inside out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStands up when closed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the inverted shape lets it stand on its own end instead of falling over or needing a stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne button open and close\u003c\/strong\u003e - no wrestling with a runner while holding shopping in the rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Does an Inverted Umbrella Fold the Opposite Way?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ribs are hinged so the canopy collapses upward rather than downward. When you press the button to close it, the outer surface - the side that has been catching the rain - folds into the middle, and the inner surface, which stayed dry, ends up on the outside. Nothing about it is complicated or fragile; it is the same rib and runner mechanism as a normal umbrella, assembled to close in the other direction. The practical effect is that a closed inverted umbrella can be held, put in a bag or laid on a seat without transferring water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs It Really Windproof?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is wind resistant, which is a real and useful thing, but no umbrella is truly windproof and this one is not either. The double layer construction lets air pass between the two fabric layers instead of building pressure under a single sheet, and the doubled ribs resist the sudden inversion that snaps a cheap umbrella's frame. In a strong gust it will still be difficult to hold, and in genuinely severe wind you should put any umbrella away - a 110cm canopy is a large sail and a broken rib is sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs 81cm Folded Too Long for a Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will not fit a handbag. At 81 x 9cm folded this is a straight, full length umbrella, not a compact telescopic one - it is the same length closed as open, which is what allows the single sturdy shaft and the C handle. That makes it a car umbrella, an office umbrella or one you carry by the handle, rather than something that lives in a backpack. If you need one that packs down small, a folding compact is the right choice and this is not it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are drivers and commuters who are tired of a wet car seat, parents managing children and shopping in one trip, office workers walking between buildings, and anyone who has snapped a cheap umbrella in the first real gust of the season. It is also bought as a practical gift because the design is genuinely surprising the first time someone uses one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the fixed version of staying dry at a doorway, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/door-window-awning-outdoor-canopy-uv-patio-sun-shield-rain-cover-diy-1m-x-6m\"\u003e1m x 6m polycarbonate window awning\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e for more and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the things worth keeping in the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it when open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e110cm across in a straight line, or 123cm measured around the curve of the canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fold down small?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It folds to 81 x 9cm, which is full length. It is not a compact telescopic umbrella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is \"Star Sky\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThat is the manufacturer's colour name and they do not describe the pattern further. Please refer to the product photographs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it automatic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a one click button for opening and closing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan children use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer lists it as suitable for adults and children. A 110cm canopy is large for a small child to control in wind, so supervise use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stand up on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - when closed, the inverted shape lets it stand on its end, which is one of the design's practical advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWind resistant is not windproof. Do not use any umbrella in severe wind, storms or lightning. Broken ribs and umbrella tips are sharp - supervise children, and keep the tip away from face height in crowds.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39603130138684,"sku":"S32582","price":31.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S325821.jpg?v=1637038185"},{"product_id":"au-hammer-claw-700g-24oz-heavy-duty-homeware-striking-tool-diy","title":"Claw Hammer 700g Carbon Steel Tubular Shaft Shock Absorbent Grip","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis claw hammer has a 700g heat treated and polished carbon steel head on a seamless oval tubular steel shaft, with a soft grip shock absorbent handle - $25.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seven hundred grams is the middle of the range: heavy enough to drive a framing nail, light enough to use all afternoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHead weight is the only decision that really matters when buying a hammer. A 450g hammer is a picture hanging tool that will exhaust you on anything structural; a kilogram framing hammer will wear out your wrist on small work and punch through plasterboard. Seven hundred grams sits in the middle, which is why it is the size most households and most carpenters reach for first. The tubular steel shaft is the other thing worth understanding - it will not snap like timber and will not loosen at the head the way a wooden handle eventually does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700g (approximately 24oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat treated carbon steel, polished\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeamless oval tubular steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft grip, shock absorbent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClaw hammer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700g claw hammer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Claw Hammer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700g is the do-everything weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - heavy enough for framing nails, light enough for a long session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat treated head\u003c\/strong\u003e - heat treatment is what stops a hammer face chipping or mushrooming under repeated strikes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne piece tubular steel shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e - it cannot snap at the neck or work loose the way a timber handle can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShock absorbent grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - the handle takes some of the vibration that otherwise goes into your wrist and elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClaw for pulling as well as driving\u003c\/strong\u003e - most of a hammer's real work is getting nails back out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Weight Hammer Should You Buy?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor general household use and light carpentry, 450g to 700g covers almost everything. Under 450g is a cabinet or picture hanging hammer and will frustrate you on anything structural. Over 900g is a framing hammer - faster on big nails if you are doing it all day, punishing on anything delicate. At 700g this one drives 75mm nails without effort and is still controllable for smaller work, which is why it suits a household toolbox better than either extreme. If you only ever own one hammer, this is the weight to own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Steel Shaft Better Than Timber or Fibreglass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach has a real trade-off. Timber absorbs vibration best and can be re-handled, but it dries out, works loose and eventually breaks. Fibreglass sits in between and resists weather well. Steel is the strongest and will not break at the neck, which is where most hammers fail - the cost is that steel transmits more shock, which is exactly what the soft grip handle on this one is there to offset. For a hammer that lives in a shed or a car boot and gets treated roughly, steel is the sensible pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Use a Hammer Without Bending Nails?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrip near the end of the handle rather than up near the head - the length is what gives you the momentum, and choking up is the most common beginner mistake. Start the nail with two light taps to seat it, then let the weight of the head do the work rather than swinging harder. Keep the face square to the nail head; a glancing blow is what bends nails and marks timber. And use safety glasses. Struck steel throws fragments, and a hammer is one of the most common causes of eye injuries in home workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are homeowners stocking a first toolbox, renters who need one tool for hanging and small repairs, carpenters and tradespeople replacing a worn hammer, and people putting together a car or caravan tool kit. It also sells as part of a house warming or moving out gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tools-hardware\"\u003eTools and Hardware\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the range - our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/8-in-1-stainless-multi-tool-snowflake-keychain-wrench-screwdriver-bottle-opener\"\u003esnowflake multi tool keychain\u003c\/a\u003e covers the spanners and allen keys a hammer cannot. \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e has the other household basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e700g at the head. The manufacturer also quotes 24oz, which is 680g - the two figures are close but do not match exactly, so treat 700g as the primary figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the hammer overall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish an overall length. Contact us before ordering if that matters and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the head fixed to the shaft or replaceable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a one piece tubular steel construction. The head is not designed to be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it pull large nails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe claw handles standard nails. For very long or deeply driven nails a dedicated wrecking bar gives better leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the handle non slip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a soft grip shock absorbent handle. As with any hammer, keep the handle clean and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on masonry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is a claw hammer for nails and timber, not a club hammer or a masonry tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlways wear safety glasses when using a hammer - struck metal can throw fragments. Inspect the head and handle before each use and stop using the tool if the head shows chipping or mushrooming. Do not use a claw hammer to strike hardened steel, chisels or masonry. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39764269105212,"sku":"S34506","price":25.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S345062.jpg?v=1642579414"},{"product_id":"super-bright-90000lm-led-usb-rechargeable-flashlight-led-tactical-light-torch","title":"LED Torch Rechargeable Cree XM-L2 Aluminium Flashlight 5 Mode","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis LED torch runs a Cree XM-L2 emitter in an aluminium alloy body, with five modes - high, medium, low, strobe and SOS - and a beam the manufacturer rates at 100 to 300 metres. It costs $46.99 and comes with a pouch, charger, USB cable, spare tube and storage box.\u003c\/strong\u003e The switch is a tailcap clicky, so it operates with one thumb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA torch is one of those things nobody thinks about until the power goes out, and then it is the only thing that matters. What makes a torch worth owning long term is the boring part: an aluminium body that survives being dropped on concrete, a single well known emitter rather than a cluster of anonymous LEDs, and a rechargeable cell so it is not dead when you finally need it. The five modes cover the real uses - full beam outdoors, low for reading a fuse box without blinding yourself, and strobe or SOS if you are signalling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmitter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCree XM-L2 (XML L2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium alloy, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh, medium, low, strobe, SOS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailcap clicky, press on\/off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 to 300m (manufacturer figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 18650, 1 x 26650, or 3 x AAA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumen output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED torch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery adaptor tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This LED Torch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA named emitter\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cree XM-L2 is a known, well documented LED rather than an unspecified chip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium alloy body\u003c\/strong\u003e - it survives the drops that crack a plastic torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive modes including SOS\u003c\/strong\u003e - low output matters as much as high when you are working close up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes three battery types\u003c\/strong\u003e - 18650, 26650 or 3 x AAA with the supplied adaptor tube, so it still works when the cell is flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne thumb operation\u003c\/strong\u003e - a tailcap clicky switch works with gloves on and in the dark.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Bright Is This Torch Really?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are not going to give you a lumen figure, and here is why. The manufacturer publishes no lumen rating in the product specification at all. A single Cree XM-L2 emitter of this type has a documented maximum in the region of a thousand lumens, so any five figure claim you may see on torches built around this emitter - including the one that used to appear in this listing's own title - cannot be correct. What the manufacturer does state is a beam range of 100 to 300 metres, which is a more useful figure for most buyers anyway. If an exact lumen output matters to you, buy a torch from a manufacturer that publishes a tested ANSI FL1 rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Battery Should You Use?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn 18650 lithium cell is the usual choice and gives the best runtime and output. A 26650 is larger and lasts longer again if the body accommodates it. Three AAA cells in the supplied adaptor tube are the fallback - convenient, available anywhere, but noticeably dimmer and shorter running. Lithium cells for torches must be good quality protected cells from a reputable supplier; cheap unbranded 18650s are the single most common cause of torch failures and are a genuine fire risk. Never mix old and new cells, and never carry a loose lithium cell in a pocket with keys or coins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Rechargeable Torch Better Than Disposable Batteries?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a torch you use regularly, yes - the running cost is nil and you are not hunting for AAAs at 11pm. For an emergency torch that sits in a drawer for two years, disposable alkaline cells arguably win, because a rechargeable cell left uncharged self discharges and may be flat when you need it. This torch takes both, which is the sensible answer: keep it on the lithium cell for everyday use, and keep the AAA adaptor tube and a fresh set of alkalines in the box as backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are campers, four wheel drivers and fishers, tradespeople who need light in a roof cavity or under a house, people putting together a blackout or emergency kit, and dog walkers on unlit paths. It also sells to households in storm prone areas who keep one per room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are building a camping kit, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/portable-collapsible-water-storage-tank-water-container-carrier-lifting-bag-au\"\u003e5L collapsible water container\u003c\/a\u003e packs flat alongside it. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tools-hardware\"\u003eTools and Hardware\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the range and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the household basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lumens is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a lumen rating, so we do not quote one. The stated beam range is 100 to 300 metres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat plug does the charger have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer's packing list specifies a UK type charger, which will not fit an Australian socket. Please contact us before ordering to confirm what is currently supplied - the torch also charges over the included USB cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a battery included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer's specification says batteries are not included, while the packing list mentions a battery. The two disagree, so please contact us to confirm before ordering rather than assuming one is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo IP rating is published. Treat it as water resistant to splashes and rain, not submersible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I switch modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBy pressing the tailcap switch to cycle through high, medium, low, strobe and SOS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use rechargeable AAA cells?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, in the adaptor tube, though output and runtime will be lower than with an 18650.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe manufacturer's packing list specifies a UK type charger, which does not fit an Australian socket - please contact us before ordering. Use only good quality protected lithium cells from a reputable supplier; damaged, counterfeit or unprotected cells are a fire risk. Do not charge unattended, do not carry loose cells with metal objects, and recycle cells at a battery collection point. Never shine any torch into anyone's eyes.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39786647748668,"sku":"S41567","price":46.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S415672.jpg?v=1643255544"},{"product_id":"analyzer-network-cable-tool-kit-lan-crimper-down-wire-stripper-cat5-6-rj45-bag","title":"RJ45 Crimping Tool Kit - 9 Piece Network Cable Tester and Crimper Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis RJ45 crimping tool kit is a nine piece network cable set built around a three-way crimper and an NS-468 two-part cable tester, and it covers RJ11, RJ12, RJ45 and Cat5, Cat5e and Cat6 cable to both TIA-568A and TIA-568B wiring standards. The kit is $39.99 at Lets Party and comes in a carry bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ten RJ45 crystal heads are included so you can terminate straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaking your own network leads stops being a hobbyist exercise the moment you need a cable that is 14 metres long and runs behind a wall. Pre-made patch leads come in fixed lengths, which means every run is either too short to reach or has three metres of slack coiled behind the cabinet. Terminating your own means the cable is the length of the run, and a kit like this pays for itself on the second or third cable. The tester is the part people skip and then wish they had not - a miswired pair looks identical to a good one until something intermittently fails months later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTester model\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNS-468, main unit plus remote unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTester coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRJ11, RJ12, RJ14, RJ25, RJ45, RJ61, Cat5, Cat5e, Cat6, 10\/100 Base-T\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWiring standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTIA-568A and TIA-568B, AT\u0026amp;T 258A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTester indicators\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 LEDs - conductors 1 to 8 plus ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrimper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-way: cuts, strips and crimps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePunch down tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 style, spring loaded with auto trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTester power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9V battery - NOT included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnectors supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x RJ45 crystal heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNS-468 cable tester (main and remote unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 way crimper tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal cable stripper \/ cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable stripper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 punch down tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini cable cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm crosshead screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm slotted screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x RJ45 network crystal heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9V battery, network cable, keystone jacks, wall plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Complete Kit Over Separate Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tester is included\u003c\/strong\u003e - bought separately it is often the piece people leave out, and it is the one that turns guessing into knowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part tester\u003c\/strong\u003e - the remote unit lets one person test a cable that runs between two rooms without a second pair of hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrimper does three jobs\u003c\/strong\u003e - cut, strip and crimp in one tool, so terminating a cable does not mean picking up three things.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePunch down tool for fixed cabling\u003c\/strong\u003e - the piece you need for wall plates and patch panels, which crimping alone will not do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnectors to start with\u003c\/strong\u003e - ten RJ45 heads means the kit is usable the day it arrives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in a Network Cable Tool Kit and What Does Each Piece Do?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crimper is the centre of it: you strip the outer jacket, arrange the eight wires in order, slide them into an RJ45 plug and squeeze, which drives the plug's contacts through the wire insulation and clamps the jacket. The strippers take the outer sheath off without nicking the pairs underneath, which matters because a nicked conductor is a fault that will not show up for months. The punch down tool is for the other kind of termination - pushing wires into the slots of a keystone jack or patch panel and trimming the excess in the same stroke. The tester confirms all eight conductors reach the far end in the right order. The screwdrivers and mini cutter are for the wall plates and trimming that go with the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Difference Between T568A and T568B Wiring?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are two standard colour orders for the same eight wires, and electrically both produce an identical working cable. The difference is only which pairs sit on which pins - green and orange swap places between the two. The rule that actually matters is consistency: use the same standard at both ends of a cable and you get a straight-through patch lead, which is what you want for essentially all modern equipment. Use different standards at each end and you get a crossover cable, which was needed for older gear connecting two computers directly and is almost never wanted now. T568B is the more common choice in Australian domestic and commercial installs, so if you are adding to existing cabling, match whatever is already there rather than starting a second convention in the same building.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDo You Need a Punch Down Tool for Wall Plates?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and this is where a lot of first-time installers get stuck. Wall plate keystone jacks and patch panels do not take a crimped plug - the individual wires are pressed down into insulation-displacement slots, and the tool both seats the wire properly and trims the tail flush in one action. Pushing wires in with a screwdriver seems to work and mostly does not: the contact is not fully seated, so the connection passes a continuity test today and fails intermittently later, which is the hardest kind of network fault to chase. The 110 punch down tool in this kit is the standard pattern for that job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically people wiring their own home network or running cable to a new room, small business owners tidying a comms cabinet, IT and AV technicians who want a spare kit for the van, and anyone who has bought one patch lead too many at the wrong length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more workshop gear, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tools-hardware\"\u003eTools and Hardware\u003c\/a\u003e range, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tech-mobile-accessories\"\u003eTech and Mobile Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for everyday items worth keeping spares of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a battery included for the tester?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The NS-468 tester needs one 9V battery and it is not supplied. Worth adding one to your order so the kit is usable on arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs network cable included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get ten RJ45 crystal heads but no cable, keystone jacks or wall plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work with Cat6?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tester covers Cat6, and the crimper handles standard RJ45 plugs. Note that thicker Cat6 and shielded cable can be tight in standard plugs - for Cat6 specifically, pass-through style plugs make the job much easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tester check speed or bandwidth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a continuity and wire-map tester - it confirms every conductor reaches the far end in the correct position. It does not certify a cable to a performance category; that needs a certification tester costing many times this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan one person use the tester on a long run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. That is what the remote unit is for - leave it plugged in at one end and read the main unit at the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it crimp phone connectors as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe crimper is described as three-way for three plug types, and the tester covers RJ11 and RJ12 telephone connectors alongside RJ45.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the kit is supplied in a carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from within Australia, so orders reach Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin quickly rather than waiting on an overseas shipment. Regional and remote addresses go through the standard Australia Post network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eKit contents and specifications are as supplied by the manufacturer. This kit is for data and telephone cabling only. It is not for mains electrical work - fixed electrical wiring in Australia must be carried out by a licensed electrician.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39786779050044,"sku":"","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S415682.jpg?v=1643256816"},{"product_id":"lint-remover-clothes-fuzz-shaver-reusable-trimmer-manual-roller-carpet-portable","title":"Lint Remover Manual Fabric Shaver Copper Head Wooden Handle 14cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis lint remover has a copper head on a wooden handle, 14cm wide with a 12.8cm working head, and it needs no batteries and no sticky refills - $8.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e You draw it across the fabric and it lifts off lint, pills, fuzz and pet hair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere are three ways to get fuzz off a jumper and two of them are bad. Sticky roller sheets run out, cost money forever and leave residue on the fabric. Battery shavers slow down as the cells fade, and the moment you need one is always the moment the batteries are flat. A copper head on a handle has nothing to run out of and no power to fade - it works the same on the first day and in five years, and it costs less than three packs of roller refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - fully manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsumables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - no sticky sheets or refills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothing, bedding, furniture, curtains, carpet, car upholstery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves no sticky residue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lint remover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Manual Lint Remover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to buy again\u003c\/strong\u003e - no sticky sheets, no refills, no batteries, ever.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper head\u003c\/strong\u003e - a metal working surface that does not wear out the way an adhesive sheet does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent from the first stroke\u003c\/strong\u003e - unlike a battery shaver, it does not weaken as it is used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo sticky residue on fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e - it lifts fibres away rather than leaving adhesive behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12.8cm working width\u003c\/strong\u003e - wide enough to cover a jumper sleeve or a couch cushion quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Use It Without Damaging the Fabric?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay the item flat and taut rather than holding it up - loose fabric bunches under the head and that is when snags happen. Draw the remover in one direction in short overlapping strokes, and use light pressure; the head does the work and bearing down only stresses the weave. Test on an inconspicuous corner first, particularly on knitwear, anything loosely woven, or delicate fabrics like cashmere and silk. Clean the accumulated fluff off the head as you go, because a loaded head stops picking up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes It Work on Pet Hair as Well as Lint?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - pet hair on upholstery and car seats is one of the jobs it does best, because pet hair works itself into the weave and a sticky sheet only takes what sits on the surface. Work in one direction against the lie of the hair. On a whole couch it takes a few minutes rather than seconds, but you are not burning through roller sheets to do it. For heavily embedded hair on thick upholstery, several lighter passes beat one hard one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Manual Remover Better Than an Electric Fabric Shaver?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey do slightly different jobs. An electric shaver has a rotating blade that cuts the top off pills, which is more thorough on a badly pilled jumper. A manual remover drags fibres and pills off the surface without cutting, which is gentler and carries no risk of a blade catching and cutting through a knit - a genuine hazard with electric shavers on delicate garments. For most lint, fuzz and pet hair, manual is faster than finding batteries. For severe pilling on a thick jumper, an electric shaver has the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are pet owners, people who wear a lot of wool or black clothing, anyone with a fabric couch, car owners keeping the interior tidy, and households replacing an endless supply of sticky roller refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e for more household items - our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/self-cleaning-mop-bucket-system-flat-floor-squeeze-drying-wringing-wash-microfiber-pads-x-2\"\u003eflat mop and bucket set\u003c\/a\u003e handles the floors. \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e covers the rest of the basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14cm overall width with a 12.8cm head. The manufacturer does not publish an overall length including the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is entirely manual with nothing to charge or replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it damage knitwear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsed with light pressure on flat, taut fabric it should not. Always test an inconspicuous area first, particularly on loose knits and delicate fibres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer states \"as the picture show\" and does not name a colour. Please refer to the product photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the head?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrush or wipe the collected fluff off the head after use. A loaded head picks up less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on carpet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, on rugs and low pile carpet, though it is designed primarily for clothing and upholstery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlways test on an inconspicuous area before using on any garment, particularly loose knits, cashmere, silk and other delicate fabrics. Use light pressure - excessive force can pull threads. Keep away from young children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39789900988476,"sku":"S41824","price":8.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S418242.jpg?v=1643341616"},{"product_id":"rose-gold-candle-wick-trimmer-scissors-stainless-steel-candle-cutter-snuffers-au","title":"Candle Wick Trimmer - Rose Gold Stainless Steel Wick Cutter 18cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis candle wick trimmer is a rose gold stainless steel cutter measuring approximately 18 x 6cm, shaped with a long angled neck so it reaches down into a deep jar candle without you putting your hand into the wax. It is $12.99 at Lets Party.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a trimmer rather than a snuffer - it cuts the wick, it does not extinguish the flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn untrimmed wick is the reason most jar candles end up with a black ring up the inside of the glass and a flame that gutters and smokes. As a wick burns it mushrooms at the tip, and a mushroomed wick draws more wax than it can burn cleanly, which is what produces soot. Scissors will cut a wick on a new candle, but once the candle has burned down a few centimetres they will not reach, and cutting with your hand inside the jar drops the trimmings straight into the wax where they become a second wick. An angled trimmer solves the reach problem, which is the only real problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRose gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox 18 x 6cm (7.1 x 2.4 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWick trimmer - cuts the wick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong angled neck for reaching into jars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x rose gold candle wick trimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCandle snuffer, wick dipper, candles, gift box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Wick Trimmer Over Scissors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReaches into deep jars\u003c\/strong\u003e - the angled neck gets to a wick sitting several centimetres down a container candle, which is exactly where scissors stop working.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuts at the right angle\u003c\/strong\u003e - the geometry holds the blade flat to the wax so you get a level cut rather than a diagonal one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps your hand out of the jar\u003c\/strong\u003e - no reaching in over hot glass or setting wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - wax wipes off it and it does not corrode from the soot and residue that build up on cheaper plated tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLooks like something you leave out\u003c\/strong\u003e - rose gold beside a candle is a decorative object rather than a kitchen drawer item, which is why these sell as gifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Do You Need to Trim a Candle Wick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree reasons, all practical. Soot: a long wick draws up more wax than the flame can fully combust, and the unburnt carbon goes up the wall of the jar and onto your ceiling. Flame size: an untrimmed wick produces a tall, flickering flame that melts wax faster than the candle is designed for, which shortens its life and can crack the glass. And tunnelling: an oversized flame melts a narrow deep well rather than the full width of the candle, so wax is left stuck to the sides and wasted. Trimming before each burn fixes all three, takes about four seconds, and is the single highest-return habit in candle care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Short Should You Cut a Candle Wick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 5mm, or a quarter of an inch, measured from the surface of the wax. That is the length nearly every candle maker recommends and it is short enough to look wrong the first time you do it. Trim before lighting, not after blowing out, and always on a cold candle - cutting a warm wick leaves debris that sinks into soft wax. If the wick has mushroomed into a black bulb, cut the whole bulb off. And remove the trimmings before you light it; a fragment of wick lying in the wax pool will light on its own and burn where you do not want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a Wick Trimmer Different From a Candle Snuffer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and they are frequently sold under each other's names, including in this product's original supplier description. A trimmer is a cutting tool - it shortens the wick before you light the candle. A snuffer is a small bell on a handle that you lower over a burning flame to starve it of oxygen and put it out without blowing, which prevents the plume of smoke and the spray of hot wax that blowing produces. They do completely different jobs and neither replaces the other. \u003cstrong\u003eThis product is a trimmer.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you want to extinguish candles cleanly as well, a snuffer is a separate tool and we would rather tell you that now than have you open the box expecting one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically people who burn jar candles regularly and are tired of sooty glass, candle makers who want their own products to burn properly, and gift buyers - a rose gold trimmer alongside a good candle is a complete present that costs very little.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more of this kind of thing, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e range and our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gift-ideas\"\u003eGift Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it reach the bottom of a tall jar candle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tool is around 18cm overall with an angled neck, which covers most standard and large jar candles. Very tall or narrow vessels may still be awkward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it catch the trimmings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany trimmers have a small catch plate behind the blade. The supplier has not confirmed whether this one does, so we are not claiming it. Either way, check the wax and lift out any fragments before lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it on taper and pillar candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Reach is not an issue on those, so any wick trimmer works - the angled design is really about container candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rose gold a coating or the steel itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a finish applied over stainless steel. Wipe wax off rather than scraping so the finish stays intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the blades with a paper towel after each use while the wax is still soft. Warm soapy water shifts anything that has set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo dishwasher rating has been supplied, and dishwasher detergent is hard on decorative finishes. Hand wipe it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come gift boxed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the trimmer only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe dispatch from within Australia, so orders reach Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin quickly rather than waiting on an overseas shipment. Regional and remote addresses go through the standard Australia Post network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions and finish are as supplied by the manufacturer; allow 1-2cm variation due to manual measurement. Colour may appear different on screen. Never leave a burning candle unattended, and keep candles away from children, pets and anything flammable.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39827506069564,"sku":"S42003","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S420035.jpg?v=1644467424"},{"product_id":"thermometer-precise-infrared-non-contact-thermometer-electronic-thermometer-home","title":"Infrared Thermometer Non Contact Forehead Thermometer with Alarm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a non contact infrared thermometer that reads forehead temperature from a short distance, with a high temperature alarm, in black or white for $34.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 12.2 x 2.9 x 2.3cm, weighs 40g and runs on two AAA batteries, which are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon contact readers became household items for an obvious reason: you can take a reading without touching anyone, without waking a sleeping child, and without cleaning a probe between people. That convenience is genuine. What matters just as much is understanding what a forehead reading is and is not - a screening figure taken at the skin surface, affected by room temperature, sweat, hair and how recently the person came in from outside. Used with that understanding it is a useful household tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon contact infrared forehead thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AAA batteries - NOT included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermometer size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.2 x 2.9 x 2.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 x 3.2 x 2.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlarm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh temperature warning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompensation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient temperature compensation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccuracy rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfrared thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Non Contact Thermometer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo contact with the skin\u003c\/strong\u003e - nothing to clean between readings and nothing shared between people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads in seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e - useful with a child who will not sit still for an under-arm reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh temperature alarm\u003c\/strong\u003e - the unit signals when a reading is above its warning threshold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbient compensation\u003c\/strong\u003e - the unit adjusts for room temperature rather than reading raw skin surface alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40g and pocket sized\u003c\/strong\u003e - it lives in a first aid kit or a nappy bag rather than a cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Accurate Is a Forehead Thermometer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe cannot tell you, and we would rather say so than guess. The manufacturer does not publish an accuracy figure, a measurement range or a measurement distance for this unit, and those are the three specifications that actually define a thermometer's performance. What is true of forehead infrared readings generally is that they are affected by ambient temperature, sweat, hair, makeup, and whether the person has just come inside. If you need a reading you will act on medically, use a clinically validated thermometer from a pharmacy or ask a health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Should You Take a Forehead Reading Properly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the person sit in a stable room temperature for a few minutes first - a reading taken straight after coming in from the cold or from a hot car will be wrong. Move hair off the forehead and wipe away sweat. Hold the unit at a consistent short distance from the centre of the forehead, and take two or three readings rather than trusting one. Keep the sensor window clean and unfingerprinted. Consistency matters more than any single number: a change across several readings taken the same way tells you more than one reading on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan It Be Used on Objects as Well as People?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is specifically described by the manufacturer as designed for the human forehead, with compensation tuned for forehead temperature. It is not a general purpose surface thermometer, and readings taken from bath water, milk bottles or cooking surfaces should not be relied on. If you want a thermometer for objects and liquids, buy one sold for that job - the calibration is different and the compensation built into this unit works against you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are households with young children, carers, workplaces keeping a unit in the first aid kit, and people who want something in the cupboard for when someone feels unwell. It also sells to schools, clubs and community groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of the medicine cabinet, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth and Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e - our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-cutter-box-tablet-splitter-divider-convenient-portable-medicine-organizer\"\u003epill cutter box\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pill-medicine-crusher-grinder-tool-tablet-box-pill-splitter\"\u003epill crusher\u003c\/a\u003e cover dosing. \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e has the other things worth keeping in a first aid kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre batteries included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It takes 2 x AAA batteries, which are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the accuracy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish an accuracy figure, a measurement range or a measurement distance. We will not quote a number we cannot verify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it approved for medical use in Australia?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe do not have registration information for this unit and make no claim that it is suitable for clinical or diagnostic use. If you need a thermometer for medical decisions, buy a clinically validated one from a pharmacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack or white, selectable at checkout, both at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe thermometer is 12.2 x 2.9 x 2.3cm and weighs 40g. Packed, it is 13.5 x 3.2 x 2.5cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it on a baby?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe do not recommend relying on this unit for an infant. Infant temperature is a clinical matter - use a validated thermometer and speak to your doctor or maternal health nurse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIMPORTANT: this unit is sold as a general consumer device. We make no claim that it is suitable for clinical, diagnostic or medical use, and we do not hold or publish accuracy, range or registration information for it. Do not use it to diagnose, treat or make medical decisions, and do not substitute it for advice from a health professional. If you or someone in your care is unwell, contact your doctor, a pharmacist or Healthdirect. Batteries are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39832467800124,"sku":"S43010","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":39832467832892,"sku":"S43011","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S430104.jpg?v=1644553556"},{"product_id":"bathroom-waterfall-tray-holder-soaps-plate-suction-case-containers-dish-storage","title":"Soap Dish Suction Wall Mounted Shower Tray Holder No Drill","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a suction mounted soap dish that fixes to tile, glass, a mirror or any smooth surface without drilling, in white, black or green from $13.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e It holds a bar of soap or small bathroom items off the vanity and out of standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA bar of soap left on a flat surface sits in its own puddle and turns to sludge, which is how a $3 bar becomes a $3 mess in four days. Getting it up onto a draining surface is the entire fix. Doing that without drilling matters if you rent, if the wall is tiled, or if you simply do not want to make a permanent decision about where the soap lives - a suction fitting can be moved to a better spot next week if you get it wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction - no drilling required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Black or Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic tile, stainless steel, glass, mirror, painted and other smooth surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBathroom, kitchen, office, on glass doors and windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction soap dish in your selected colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Suction Soap Dish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling\u003c\/strong\u003e - nothing permanent, no holes in tile, nothing to explain to a landlord.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGets soap out of standing water\u003c\/strong\u003e - which is the single thing that makes a bar last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoveable\u003c\/strong\u003e - if the spot is wrong, take it down and try somewhere better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks beyond the bathroom\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same fitting works on a kitchen splashback, a glass door or an office window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colours\u003c\/strong\u003e - white, black or green to suit the fittings you already have.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Make a Suction Fitting Actually Hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface preparation is everything, and it is where nearly every failure comes from. Clean the spot with methylated spirits, not soapy water - soap film is invisible and is exactly what stops a cup sealing. Let it dry completely. Press the cup firmly and hold for several seconds to push the air out from behind it. Mount on cold, dry glass or glazed tile where possible, and fit it before you run hot water rather than onto a steamed up surface. If grip fades over weeks, take it down, clean both the cup and the wall, and refit - that restores it almost every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Will It Hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bar of soap, a sponge, a razor, small jars - the light things that otherwise clutter a vanity. The manufacturer does not publish a weight rating, so we cannot give you a figure, and we would not load it with heavy shampoo bottles on that basis. Treat it as a light duty fitting. As a general rule with any suction product, do not mount it above a glass shower screen, a basin or anything that would break if the fitting let go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan Suction Fittings Be Used on Any Wall?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is worth checking before you order. Suction needs a smooth, non porous, continuous surface: glazed tile, glass, mirror, stainless steel and sealed gloss paint all work. What will not work is textured or matt tile, a grout line under the cup, natural stone, unsealed timber, wallpaper or plasterboard. If your tiles are small mosaics, there may not be enough uninterrupted flat area for the cup to seal at all. Look at where you want it and check for a flat, grout free patch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are renters, people fitting out a small or shared bathroom, anyone who wants a soap dish without making holes, and caravan and holiday house owners. It also sells for kitchens, where it holds a sponge above the sink instead of leaving it in a puddle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePair it with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/toothbrush-wall-mount-holder-stainless-steel-suction-cups-bathroom-organizer\"\u003estainless steel toothbrush holder\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sink-trap-filter-hair-catcher-shower-bath-cover-basin-stopper-drain-strainer-au\"\u003edrain hair catcher\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003eBathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions for this item. Contact us before ordering if the size matters and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo weight rating is published. Treat it as light duty - soap, a sponge, a razor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not state the material. Please contact us if that matters for your use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite, black and green. Please note black is priced higher than white and green on this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work on textured tile?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Suction needs a smooth, non porous, grout free surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be repositioned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Take it down, clean both the cup and the surface, and refit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSoap and accessories shown in product photography are not included. Dimensions, material and weight rating are not published by the manufacturer. Suction fittings can release without warning if the surface is dusty, greasy, textured or damp - do not mount above glass, basins or anything breakable, and check the grip regularly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Letsparty.Catch","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":39846606503996,"sku":"C00012","price":13.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":39846606536764,"sku":"C00013","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":39846606569532,"sku":"C00014","price":13.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_85c160be-283e-4ad4-929f-2b9ca5eb5c00.jpg?v=1645083617"},{"product_id":"toothbrush-wall-mount-holder-stainless-steel-suction-cups-bathroom-organizer","title":"Toothbrush Holder Wall Mounted Stainless Steel No Drill Bathroom","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a wall mounted stainless steel toothbrush holder that fits without drilling, in a two hole size (8 x 14cm) or a three hole size (11.5 x 14cm), from $33.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e It goes on the wall or the mirror and gets the toothbrushes off the vanity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA toothbrush standing in a cup on the vanity collects everything that lands on it, sits in whatever water pooled in the bottom of the cup, and takes up the one flat surface in the room. Mounting the brushes vertically on the wall solves all three - they drain, they dry, and the bench is clear. Stainless steel is the right material for the job because a bathroom is a wet room: plastic holders go yellow and brittle, and anything mild steel will rust at the first chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 hole size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 x 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 hole size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 x 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo drilling required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetting time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeave 24 hours before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth, clean, dry wall or tile surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel wall toothbrush holder in your selected size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Toothbrush Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling\u003c\/strong\u003e - it goes up without a masonry bit, without holes in tile, and without a landlord conversation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushes drain and dry\u003c\/strong\u003e - vertical storage means no standing water in the bottom of a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - it will not yellow like plastic or rust like mild steel in a wet room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e - two holes for a couple, three for a family or for a brush plus paste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrees the vanity\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bench stays clear, which matters most in a small bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Does It Mount Without Drilling?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer specifies a no-drill fitting and instructs that the holder be left in place for 24 hours before any weight is put on it. That 24 hour wait is the important detail and the one people skip - it is a curing period, and loading it early is the most common reason a no-drill fitting falls off a wall. Please note the product title also refers to suction cups, while the instructions describe a 24 hour set: the two are not the same thing, and we have asked our supplier to clarify which fitting is currently shipped. If the mounting method matters to you - and for a renter it usually does - contact us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Surfaces Does It Stick To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth, clean, dry and non porous is the requirement. Glazed tile, glass, a mirror and sealed painted plaster all work. What does not work is textured tile, unsealed grout lines, wallpaper, flaking paint or anything dusty. Clean the spot with methylated spirits and let it dry completely before fitting - soap film is invisible and is the usual culprit when a fitting will not hold. Avoid mounting it directly in the shower spray if you can, since constant water on the fixing shortens its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Size Should You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two hole holder is 8 x 14cm and suits one or two people. The three hole is 11.5 x 14cm and suits a family, or a couple who want somewhere to stand the toothpaste as well. Both are the same height, so the only difference is width - measure the wall space you have between the mirror and the tapware before choosing. If in doubt, the three hole gives you a spare slot, and a spare slot always gets used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people organising a small bathroom, renters who cannot drill, families who need a brush each off the bench, and anyone tired of a slimy toothbrush cup. It also sells for holiday houses and granny flats where the bathroom is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePair it with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-waterfall-tray-holder-soaps-plate-suction-case-containers-dish-storage\"\u003esuction soap dish\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sink-trap-filter-hair-catcher-shower-bath-cover-basin-stopper-drain-strainer-au\"\u003edrain hair catcher\u003c\/a\u003e to finish the room. More in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003eBathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stick with suction cups or adhesive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer's title says suction cups but the fitting instructions describe a no-drill mount that must be left 24 hours before use, which suggests an adhesive fitting. We have asked our supplier to confirm. Please contact us before ordering if the mounting method matters to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the two sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 hole: 8 x 14cm. 3 hole: 11.5 x 14cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold electric toothbrushes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish hole diameters or a weight rating. Electric brush handles are much wider and heavier than manual ones, so contact us before ordering for that use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be removed later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo-drill fittings can usually be removed, but removal may mark the surface. Test on an inconspicuous spot if you are renting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is stainless steel, which resists bathroom humidity far better than plated or mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go inside the shower?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would avoid direct spray. Constant water on the fixing shortens its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFit only to a smooth, clean, dry, non porous surface and leave 24 hours before loading. No weight rating or hole diameter is published by the manufacturer. Any no-drill fitting can fail if the surface is dusty, damp, textured or greasy - do not mount above anything breakable, and check the fitting periodically.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"2 holes","offer_id":39846650183740,"sku":"C00015","price":33.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 holes","offer_id":39846650216508,"sku":"C00016","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_11_77815529-f906-4e77-94c7-6122d5f2f6c2.jpg?v=1645084881"},{"product_id":"9-segment-yoga-stretch-strap-training-belt-leg-body-fitness-exercise-gym-elastic","title":"Stretching Strap – 9-Loop Yoga \u0026 Physio Stretch Band","description":"\u003cp\u003eImprove flexibility with this \u003cstrong\u003estretching strap\u003c\/strong\u003e. The multi-loop strap gives you a series of numbered handholds to ease into deeper hamstring, hip, leg and shoulder stretches on your own, supporting yoga, Pilates, dance, physio and post-workout recovery with control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9 loops\u003c\/strong\u003e — graded reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuided\u003c\/strong\u003e deeper stretches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor yoga\u003c\/strong\u003e, physio, dance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo partner needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-loop non-elastic stretch strap\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x strap\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39849294397500,"sku":"C00019","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":39849294430268,"sku":"C00020","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":39849294463036,"sku":"C00021","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":39849294495804,"sku":"C00022","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_9798a726-91b7-4643-9f94-7b4f78bad2cc.jpg?v=1645164819"},{"product_id":"sink-trap-filter-hair-catcher-shower-bath-cover-basin-stopper-drain-strainer-au","title":"Shower Drain Hair Catcher Sink Strainer Filter Bath Basin Trap","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a drain hair catcher that sits in a shower, bath or basin outlet and traps hair and debris before it reaches the pipe, while water keeps draining normally - from $7.99, with six colour and shape options.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lift tab lets you pick it out, tip it into the bin and drop it back in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA blocked shower drain is almost always hair, and by the time the water is pooling around your ankles the blockage is already well down the pipe. Caustic drain cleaner is unpleasant, damages older pipework and only buys you a few weeks. A catcher deals with the problem where it starts, for less than the price of one bottle of drain cleaner, and the whole maintenance job is ten seconds once a week. It is the single cheapest piece of plumbing prevention there is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatches hair and debris without blocking water flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoval\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift tab for easy removal and cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost standard sink, shower and bath drains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare style size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound style size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Blue, White, Round Blue, Round Green, Round Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - rinse and reuse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrain filter in your selected colour and style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Drain Hair Catcher\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater still drains\u003c\/strong\u003e - it catches hair without slowing the outlet, which is where cheap flat strainers fail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift tab\u003c\/strong\u003e - you pick it up and empty it without touching what it has caught.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheaper than one bottle of drain cleaner\u003c\/strong\u003e - and it keeps working after the bottle is empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKinder to old pipework\u003c\/strong\u003e - prevention instead of caustic chemicals down a pipe you cannot see.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix options\u003c\/strong\u003e - two shapes across six colours, so it can match the fitting or disappear into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit My Drain?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the one thing to check before ordering. The square style measures 13 x 13cm; the manufacturer does not publish a size for the round style, so please contact us before ordering if you need that figure. Measure the outside diameter or width of your drain opening and compare. A catcher that sits over the opening needs to be larger than the hole and flat enough to seat properly - if your drain is recessed, domed or has a fitted grate that sits proud, a flat catcher may not sit flush. Manufacturing tolerance on soft moulded parts of this kind is real, so treat 13 x 13cm as nominal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Often Should It Be Cleaned?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeekly is a reasonable habit in a shower used daily, more often in a household with long hair. The point of the lift tab is that it takes ten seconds - pick it up, tip it straight into the bin, rinse it, put it back. Do not tip the contents down the drain, which defeats the entire purpose. If water starts pooling, that is the signal it needs emptying, not that it has failed. Rinse it properly every few weeks so soap scum does not build up around the openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes It Work for Kitchen Sinks Too?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for food waste rather than hair - the same principle catches scraps, rice, tea leaves and coffee grounds before they go down. Kitchen drains block from grease and solids rather than hair, so a catcher deals with half the problem; the other half is not pouring fat down the sink. If your kitchen has an insinkerator, do not fit a catcher over it. Check the fit the same way, since kitchen outlets are frequently a different size from bathroom ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are households with long haired occupants, renters who want to avoid a plumbing bill they will be charged for, landlords fitting them across a property, pet owners, and anyone who has already paid for one drain unblocking and does not intend to pay for another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of the bathroom, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/toothbrush-wall-mount-holder-stainless-steel-suction-cups-bathroom-organizer\"\u003estainless steel toothbrush holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-waterfall-tray-holder-soaps-plate-suction-case-containers-dish-storage\"\u003esuction soap dish\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003eBathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe square style is 13 x 13cm. The manufacturer does not publish a size for the round style - contact us before ordering if you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the standard and Round options?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are different shapes at different prices. The three plain colours are one style; the three Round options are another. Please choose based on your drain shape, and contact us if you are unsure which suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it slow my drain down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to catch debris while letting water through. A catcher that has not been emptied will slow the drain - that is the signal to empty it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit over a plug hole with a grate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt sits over the opening. If your grate sits proud of the floor or basin, a flat catcher may not seat properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a bath?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the size suits your outlet. Note it is a catcher, not a plug - it does not hold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLift it out, tip the contents into the bin, rinse under the tap and replace. Never tip the contents down the drain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease measure your drain before ordering - drain openings vary widely and this is a fit dependent product. Dimensions are nominal and small variation is normal on moulded parts. This is a debris catcher, not a plug, and not a substitute for having a blocked drain cleared properly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39849765240892,"sku":"C00032","price":13.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39849765273660,"sku":"C00033","price":13.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":39849765306428,"sku":"C00034","price":13.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Round Blue","offer_id":39849765339196,"sku":"C00035","price":7.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Round Green","offer_id":39849765371964,"sku":"C00036","price":7.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Round Pink","offer_id":39849765404732,"sku":"C00037","price":7.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_5_01daa3b9-2583-4adf-9794-9f448605efcb.jpg?v=1645168642"},{"product_id":"portable-collapsible-water-storage-tank-water-container-carrier-lifting-bag-au","title":"Water Container 5L Collapsible Camping Water Carrier BPA Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a 5 litre collapsible water container in food grade BPA free PE, measuring 30 x 32.5cm unfolded and empty, with a large screw cap handle and a hanging buckle - $12.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e Full, it carries five litres; empty, it folds flat into a pocket of a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRigid jerry cans have one problem: they take up exactly as much space empty as full. On a camping trip, in a car boot, or in a caravan cupboard, that is the difference between taking water and leaving it behind. A collapsible carrier is full when you need it and flat when you do not, which is why they have largely replaced hard containers for anything you carry rather than store. The wide filling mouth is the detail that makes it usable - narrow necks are slow to fill from a tap and impossible to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood grade PE, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize unfolded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 32.5cm (empty)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge screw cap with integrated handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilling mouth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidened for fast filling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWear resistant handle plus a hanging buckle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding 5L drinking water container\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Collapsible Water Container\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat when empty\u003c\/strong\u003e - it takes almost no space in a pack, boot or caravan cupboard on the way out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidened filling mouth\u003c\/strong\u003e - fills fast from a tap and can actually be cleaned inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging buckle\u003c\/strong\u003e - clip it to a pack, a tent pole or an awning rail rather than standing it on the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood grade BPA free PE\u003c\/strong\u003e - the right plastic for drinking water rather than a general purpose one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 80 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - it handles hot water for washing up, not just cold drinking water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Can You Store Water in It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor drinking, treat it as short term. Water stored in any container picks up flavour and can grow bacteria over time, particularly once the container has been opened and handled and especially in warm weather. Fill it fresh for a trip, use it within a few days, and empty and dry it fully afterwards rather than leaving water sitting in it between uses. Emptying it also matters for the container itself - stagnant water in a folded bag is what makes them smell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Clean and Store a Collapsible Container?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse it with warm soapy water through the wide mouth, rinse thoroughly, then leave it open and standing upright until it is completely dry inside before folding it away. Folding a damp container is the single fastest way to make it smell, and the smell is very difficult to shift once it sets in. If it does pick up an odour, a solution of bicarbonate soda and warm water left in it overnight usually clears it. Keep it out of direct sunlight when stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan It Be Used for Anything Other Than Water?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as suitable for water and other drinks. In practice it works well for cordial or juice for a day trip, but anything sugary needs washing out promptly and thoroughly or it will ferment and stain. Do not use it for fuel, chemicals, cleaning products or anything not intended for consumption - it is food grade plastic sold for drinking water, and once a container has held a chemical it can never safely go back to holding water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are campers, four wheel drivers and caravanners, festival and event goers, people putting together an emergency or blackout kit, and boaties. It also sells to households in areas with water restrictions or unreliable supply, who keep one folded in a cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a camping kit, pair it with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/super-bright-90000lm-led-usb-rechargeable-flashlight-led-tactical-light-torch\"\u003erechargeable LED torch\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/8-in-1-stainless-multi-tool-snowflake-keychain-wrench-screwdriver-bottle-opener\"\u003esnowflake multi tool\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/camping-outdoor\"\u003eCamping and Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e30 x 32.5cm unfolded and empty, holding 5 litres when full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold hot water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rated 0 to 80 degrees C. Do not use boiling water, which is 100 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand up by itself when full?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not state that it is free standing. Use the handle or the hanging buckle rather than assuming it will stand unsupported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it BPA free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - the manufacturer states food grade PE with no BPA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be frozen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stated range starts at 0 degrees C. We would not recommend freezing it, as water expands and can split a seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a tap or spout?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It has a large screw cap with an integrated handle, not a dispensing tap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eRated 0 to 80 degrees C - do not use boiling water. For drinking water and beverages only; never use it for fuel, chemicals or cleaning products. Empty and dry fully before storing. Five litres of water weighs about 5kg, so lift with care. Keep filled containers away from unsupervised small children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39893176254524,"sku":"S41953","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S419532.jpg?v=1646276645"},{"product_id":"phone-holder-camera-octopus-bracket-mini-tripod-stand-flexible-for-universal","title":"Phone Tripod Flexible Octopus Stand Bendable Legs 360 Ball Head","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a flexible octopus tripod for a phone, with individually bendable legs, a 360 degree ball head joint, rubberised feet and foam cushioning on the legs - $27.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e The legs bend into any shape, so it stands on an uneven surface, wraps around a pole or branch, or grips together as a handheld monopod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA normal tripod needs flat ground, and flat ground is exactly what you do not have when you actually want one - a rock, a fence rail, a car bonnet, a stack of books on a desk. Bendable legs solve that by conforming to whatever is there, and the ball head then levels the phone independently of how the legs are sitting. That combination is why these have outlasted every other design of small phone stand: it is not that they do any one thing perfectly, it is that they work everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible octopus tripod with phone holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividually bendable, wrap or stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 degree ball joint - pan, tilt and rotate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg cushioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS and sponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible tripod with phone holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Flexible Tripod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks where flat tripods cannot\u003c\/strong\u003e - the legs conform to rocks, rails, steps and car bonnets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWraps around things\u003c\/strong\u003e - a pole, a branch or a fence rail becomes a mounting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 degree ball head\u003c\/strong\u003e - level the phone regardless of what the legs are doing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - squeeze the legs together and it becomes a handheld monopod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubberised feet and foam legs\u003c\/strong\u003e - it grips rather than slides, and does not scratch what it is wrapped around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit My Phone?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder is a spring clamp of the standard type, which suits most current phones. The manufacturer does not publish a clamp width range or a load rating, so we cannot promise a fit for every device - a very large phone in a thick protective case, or a phone with a folding design, is where these clamps run out of room. If your phone is unusually wide or heavy, contact us before ordering and we will measure the clamp. We have removed the manufacturer's claim of universal compatibility with all phones, because without a stated width range that is not something anyone can promise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Actually Use It For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVideo calls at a desk, hands free recipe following in a kitchen, filming yourself for a class or a workout, group photos with the timer, watching something on a plane tray table, and any shot where you need the phone still - long exposures at night, time lapses, or anything at low light where handheld shake ruins the image. Wrapped around a bike handlebar, a tent pole or a car headrest it also works as an improvised mount, though for anything moving, check it is genuinely secure first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Securely Does It Hold on a Pole?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecurely enough for a static shot on a stable object, and that is the honest limit. Two legs wrapped in opposing directions grip far better than three legs wrapped the same way, and the foam cushioning increases friction against a smooth pole. What it is not is a locking mount - it holds by friction, not by clamping force, and there is no published load rating. Never wrap it around anything above people, above water, or anywhere a phone falling would matter. Test the grip with your hand before letting go of the phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people filming content for social media, anyone doing regular video calls, travellers taking photos without asking strangers, home cooks and hobbyists filming what they make, and parents recording sport and school events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tech-mobile-accessories\"\u003eTech and Mobile Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the range. Our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/100pcs-reusable-cable-tie-nylon-hook-loop-strap-cord-ties-pc-tv-organiser-au\"\u003ereusable cable ties\u003c\/a\u003e keep the charging leads that go with it under control, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e covers the other everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions for this item - their specification simply refers the buyer to the photographs. Contact us before ordering if you need a leg length or folded size and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum phone size or weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo clamp width range or load rating is published. Contact us if your phone is unusually large or heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a standard tripod thread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not specify a thread size. Please contact us before ordering if you intend to fit a camera or another head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold a camera?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is supplied with a phone holder and no load rating is published. We would not recommend fitting a camera to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the legs stay bent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the legs hold the shape you bend them into and can be reshaped repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a remote shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The package contains the tripod with phone holder only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNo dimensions, clamp width range or load rating are published by the manufacturer. The legs hold by friction, not by a locking clamp - always test the grip before releasing your phone, and never mount it above people, above water, or anywhere a fall would cause damage or injury. Not intended for cameras or for use on moving vehicles.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"letsparty.au","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39893225308220,"sku":"S33244","price":27.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S332441.jpg?v=1646278780"},{"product_id":"16x-key-tags-with-holder-rack-keys-rings-hook-storage-label-wall-mount-organiser","title":"Key Tags 16pk with 2 Wall Racks Colour Coded Key Ring Labels","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis set contains sixteen colour coded key tags, each with a split ring and a white card insert you can write on, plus two wall mounted racks to hang them from - $23.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e Write the name, slot the card in, hang the key on the rack, and you can find any key without trying three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem with a drawer full of keys is that they all look the same, and the moment you have more than about six of anything the human answer stops working. Colour coding solves half of it at a glance - the blue one is the shed, the red one is the gate - and the written card solves the other half for anyone who is not you. That combination is why the same system is used in every real estate office, hotel and workshop: it does not depend on anybody remembering anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey tags\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 (two sets of 8)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssorted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite card in each tag, writable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplit ring on each tag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour coded key tags with card inserts and rings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Tag and Rack System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour first, reading second\u003c\/strong\u003e - you identify a key across the room before you get close enough to read it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo racks, not one\u003c\/strong\u003e - keep one at the front door and one in the office or workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard inserts, not stickers\u003c\/strong\u003e - swap the card when a tenant or a vehicle changes rather than peeling a label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSixteen tags\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough for a full property, a small fleet or a whole workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks beyond keys\u003c\/strong\u003e - luggage, memory sticks, pet tags and tool bags all take the same tag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Uses a Key Tag Board?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone responsible for keys that are not their own. Landlords and property managers with several properties, real estate agents, holiday rental and Airbnb hosts, mechanics and workshops handling customer vehicles, schools and community halls, and tradespeople with site keys. The common thread is that someone other than the owner needs to find the right key without asking, which is exactly what a written card and a colour do and what a keyring full of unlabelled keys does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Should Keys Be Labelled Securely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not write the address. This is the mistake that matters: a tag reading \"14 Smith St\" on a board visible from a window, or on a keyring dropped in a car park, tells a stranger exactly which door the key opens. Use a code that means something to you and nothing to anyone else - a colour plus a number, initials, or a unit reference. Keep the key that identifies the code somewhere separate. It costs nothing and it is the difference between losing a key and losing access to a property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should the Racks Go?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSomewhere convenient but not visible from outside. Just inside a door is the natural spot, and it is also the spot most visible through the glass beside it - move it around the corner. In an office or workshop, mount it where staff pass but customers do not. The manufacturer does not supply fixings or state a mounting method, so you will need screws or adhesive strips appropriate to your wall type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are landlords and property managers, holiday rental hosts, workshops and mechanics, and households with more keys than sense. Schools, clubs and community halls buy the same thing for the same reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more, including our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2pcs-baseball-cap-rack-hat-holder-rack-home-organizer-storage-door-closet-hanger\"\u003ebaseball cap rack\u003c\/a\u003e for the same entryway. \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e covers the other household basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tags and racks do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16 tags and 2 racks. The manufacturer's feature list mentions 8 tags, which describes a single set - the package contains two sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the tags and racks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions for either. Contact us before ordering if size matters and we will measure them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAssorted colours. The manufacturer does not name them or let you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fixings included for the racks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Screws or adhesive strips are not supplied and should suit your wall type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cards be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The white card inserts slide out, so you can rewrite or replace them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many keys will one tag hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach tag has a split ring that will take several keys, though a single key per tag is what makes the system work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWall fixings are not included. Dimensions are not published by the manufacturer. For your own security, do not write full addresses on key tags and do not mount a key board where it is visible from outside. Keys shown in product photography are not included. Small parts - keep away from young children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Letsparty.Catch","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39912647753788,"sku":"C10061","price":23.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/C100613.jpg?v=1646885669"},{"product_id":"headbands-men-women-sweatband-head-band-hair-gym-yoga-stretch-sport-sweat-band","title":"Sports Headband – Sweat-Wicking Sweatband for Gym \u0026 Running","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep sweat out of your eyes with this \u003cstrong\u003esports headband\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbsorbent, quick-dry stretch fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds hair back during workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip, one-size unisex fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for gym, yoga \u0026amp; running\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn everyday essential for training, sport and active days out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Letsparty.Catch","offers":[{"title":"Greyish","offer_id":39912952332348,"sku":"C00197","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stripe red","offer_id":39912952365116,"sku":"C00198","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark green","offer_id":39912952397884,"sku":"C00199","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light grey","offer_id":39912952430652,"sku":"C00200","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark grey","offer_id":39912952463420,"sku":"C00201","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_3_d4cb8c25-30ce-42de-b0c4-8f68c89306c2.jpg?v=1646892960"},{"product_id":"lcd-electronic-digital-portable-scale-luggage-weight-hanging-travel-10g-to-50kg","title":"Luggage Scale Digital Hanging Travel Scale 50kg with Backlit LCD","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis digital luggage scale weighs up to 50kg (110lb) in 5 gram steps, with a backlit LCD that holds the reading automatically once the weight settles - $26.99 with the two AAA batteries already included.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a stainless steel load hook and an aluminium casing, and it fits in a pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExcess baggage fees are one of the few travel costs that are entirely avoidable and entirely infuriating. Airlines charge per kilogram over the limit, at rates that make a $26.99 scale pay for itself the first time you use it. Weighing at home means you repack in your bedroom rather than on the terminal floor with a queue behind you, which is the real benefit - the money saved is almost secondary to not having that moment at the check-in desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50kg (110lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacklit LCD, wide format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto hold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocks the reading automatically\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad receptor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 1.5V AAA - INCLUDED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital hanging scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5V AAA batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Luggage Scale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBatteries included\u003c\/strong\u003e - it works out of the box, which is not true of most scales at this price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto hold\u003c\/strong\u003e - the reading locks so you can lower the bag and then read it, instead of squinting under a swinging suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacklit display\u003c\/strong\u003e - readable in a dim hallway or a hotel room at 5am.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50kg capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers checked bags well beyond any airline limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePays for itself once\u003c\/strong\u003e - one avoided excess baggage charge costs more than the scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Weigh a Suitcase Accurately?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the strap or hook securely to the bag's handle, then lift the scale straight up by its handle until the bag is fully clear of the floor and stops swinging. Hold it steady - a swinging bag gives a fluctuating reading, which is what the auto hold function is there to solve. Wait for the display to lock, then lower the bag before reading it. Lift with your legs, not your back; a full checked bag is heavy and you are lifting it one handed. If two readings differ noticeably, take a third.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Weight Limits Should You Weigh Against?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your specific airline and fare, because limits vary more than people expect. Australian domestic checked allowances are commonly 23kg, international economy is often 23kg or 30kg depending on the carrier and route, and carry on is typically 7kg but is enforced far more strictly by some airlines than others. Budget carriers usually have lower limits and higher excess fees. Weigh to a kilogram under the limit rather than exactly on it - airport scales and yours will not agree perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan It Be Used for Anything Besides Luggage?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A hanging scale to 50kg in 5g steps is useful for parcels and freight if you post things regularly, for fishing, for weighing gas bottles to see how much is left, for produce and grain in small quantities, and for weighing a pet by holding them - though a hanging hook is not the way to do that. Anything you can suspend from the hook and lift clear of the ground can be weighed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are frequent flyers, families packing several bags before a trip, people who sell online and post parcels, and anyone who has ever paid an excess baggage fee. It also sells to caravanners checking tow ball and load weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of the travel kit, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/travel-cosmetic-makeup-bag-hanging-toiletry-case-storage-large-bag-organizer-au\"\u003ehanging toiletry bag\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-travel-bag-organiser-toiletry-clothes-case-tidy-bags-suitcase-luggage\"\u003e5 piece packing cubes\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the resolution?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5g, per the manufacturer's specification. Please note the previous title said 10g - the specification figure of 5g is the one we have used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre batteries included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Two 1.5V AAA batteries are supplied with the scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow accurate is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer publishes a 5g resolution but no accuracy tolerance. Treat it as a guide for packing rather than a trade certified measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it legal for trade use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is not a trade approved scale and must not be used for buying or selling by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions. It is described as pocket sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a strap or a hook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a stainless steel load receptor. Check the product photographs for the attachment style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot a trade approved scale - do not use it for buying or selling by weight. No accuracy tolerance is published by the manufacturer, and airport scales may read differently, so weigh to a margin under your airline's limit. Do not exceed the 50kg capacity. Lift carefully to avoid back or shoulder injury, and never stand under a suspended load. Keep away from children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40016668590140,"sku":"S75717","price":26.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S757173.jpg?v=1650353990"},{"product_id":"2pcs-baseball-cap-rack-hat-holder-rack-home-organizer-storage-door-closet-hanger","title":"Hat Rack 2pk Baseball Cap Holder 210cm Strap with 8 Clips Each","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pair of hanging cap racks, each one a 210 x 2.6cm adjustable nylon strap fitted with eight clips and two hooks - sixteen caps across the two racks, for $24.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e They hang behind a door or in a wardrobe and use vertical space nothing else was using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCaps are awkward to store because stacking crushes them and a drawer ruins the brim. The usual outcomes are a pile on a shelf that collapses every time you take one, or caps hooked over a door handle. A vertical strap solves it because each cap hangs independently, keeps its shape, and stays visible - and visible matters, because a cap you cannot see is a cap you never wear. Two racks at 210cm each also means you can split them: one behind the bedroom door, one in the hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrap size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 x 2.6cm, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 per rack (16 total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, nylon and PP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver a door or on a rail - no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaseball cap rack with 8 clips and 2 hooks each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Hanging Cap Rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaps keep their shape\u003c\/strong\u003e - each one hangs on its own clip instead of being crushed in a stack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSixteen across two racks\u003c\/strong\u003e - a genuine collection, not four caps on a hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses the back of a door\u003c\/strong\u003e - space that was doing nothing at all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable clips\u003c\/strong\u003e - they grip a thin flat brim or a thicker structured cap equally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling\u003c\/strong\u003e - it hangs over a door or a rail, which matters if you rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill the Clips Damage a Cap?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey clip onto the brim rather than the crown, which is the part built to take a shape. That said, a clip left tight on a soft or unstructured brim for months can leave a mark, so if you have caps you genuinely care about, clip them near the edge of the brim rather than the middle and rotate which ones sit clipped longest. Fitted wool caps and vintage pieces are worth storing flat rather than clipped at all. For everyday cotton and polyester caps, clipping is the least damaging storage there is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Else Can It Hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlenty. Scarves, ties and belts all clip on the same way. Bags, tote bags and backpacks hang from the hooks. In a laundry, the same rack holds cleaning cloths or gloves to dry; in a craft room it holds ribbon spools or paper bundles. Some people use one in a wardrobe purely for accessories that would otherwise sit in a drawer unseen. It is a strap with clips - the caps are just what it is sold for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should It Hang?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehind a bedroom or wardrobe door is the usual answer and the best one, because it keeps the caps out of sunlight. Direct sun fades cap colours, particularly reds and blacks, so a rack in a sunny window is a slow way to ruin a collection. Check the door closes with the rack loaded, since caps add depth and a full rack can foul the door frame. If you hang it on a rail rather than a door, check the rail is rated for the weight of sixteen caps plus the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are cap collectors, families where several people wear caps, people organising a small bedroom or share house, and anyone whose caps live in a pile on top of a wardrobe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more - our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-sets-foldable-storage-drawer-organizer-bra-underwear-closet-divider-kit-beige\"\u003e4 piece drawer organiser set\u003c\/a\u003e handles what is inside the drawers, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e covers the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many caps does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEight per rack, so sixteen across the two supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e210cm long and 2.6cm wide, and it is adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It hangs over a door or a rail using the hooks supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit any door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hooks are designed for standard interior doors. A very thick or a very thin door may not suit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStainless steel clips and hooks with a nylon strap and PP components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clips be repositioned along the strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer describes the clips as adjustable. Please refer to the product photographs for how they are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCaps shown in product photography are not included. No weight rating is published by the manufacturer - do not overload the strap or hang it from anything that is not secure. Check the door closes freely once loaded. Keep hanging straps away from cots and out of reach of young children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40104584609852,"sku":"S77745","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S777455.jpg?v=1652930575"},{"product_id":"plane-inflatable-foot-flight-travel-pad-footrest-portable-train-rest-pillow","title":"Inflatable Plane Footrest Travel Foot Pad Cushion 37 x 28 x 17cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis inflatable footrest inflates to 37 x 28 x 17cm in grey PVC and deflates flat when you are done - $28.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e It sits in a footwell to raise your feet, and it packs down to almost nothing in a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLong journeys are uncomfortable mostly because your feet have nowhere sensible to go. In an aircraft or coach footwell your knees sit higher than your hips, and after a few hours that is what makes your back ache rather than the seat itself. Raising your feet closes that angle. The reason people choose an inflatable one over a rigid footstool is simple: a rigid one is useless the moment you leave home, and this one weighs nothing in a carry on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflated size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 x 28 x 17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeflates flat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBy mouth or with a pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable foot pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose an Inflatable Footrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks to nothing\u003c\/strong\u003e - it deflates flat, so it travels in hand luggage rather than being left at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight is adjustable by feel\u003c\/strong\u003e - let air out for a lower rest, add air for a higher one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17cm at full height\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough to close the knee angle in a cramped footwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks well beyond travel\u003c\/strong\u003e - under a desk, in a chair at home, in a caravan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipes clean\u003c\/strong\u003e - a sealed PVC surface rather than fabric that absorbs everything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Much Should You Inflate It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot fully. A cushion blown up hard has no give, pushes back against your feet and puts unnecessary stress on the seams. Inflate it until it holds its shape, then let a little air out so the top surface yields under your weight. Air pressure also changes with temperature and, on a flight, with cabin pressure - a footrest inflated firm on the ground will be firmer again at altitude, so under-inflate before you board rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAre Inflatable Footrests Allowed on Aircraft?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends entirely on the airline, and a number of carriers do not permit them in the cabin because they can obstruct the row's exit path. Check your airline's current policy before you fly rather than assuming, and expect cabin crew to have the final say on the day. The cushion itself packs into hand luggage without any difficulty - the question is only whether you will be allowed to inflate it once you are on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Else Is It Useful For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder a desk is the most common non-travel use, particularly for shorter adults whose feet do not comfortably reach the floor in an office chair. It also works in a caravan or camper where floor space is tight, in a car footwell for a passenger on a long drive, and beside an armchair at home. Keep it on a flat floor rather than a sloped one, and put it away in a shared space rather than leaving it as a trip hazard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are long haul flyers, coach and train travellers, shorter adults who want a desk footrest that stores away, and caravanners. It is also bought for children on long car trips to bridge the footwell gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWe stock two other travel footrests - the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/footrest-portable-adjustable-travel-foot-rest-feet-hammock-for-airplane-rakis\"\u003ehanging foot hammock\u003c\/a\u003e that clips to the tray table, and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/inflatable-foot-rest-cushion-travel-air-pillow-office-home-leg-footrest-relax\"\u003elarger inflatable footrest cushion\u003c\/a\u003e for home and desk use. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it inflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e37 x 28 x 17cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a pump or carry bag included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You receive the foot pad only. It can be inflated by mouth or with any standard pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo weight rating is published by the manufacturer. It is a footrest, not a seat or a step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a child sleep on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a footrest cushion, not a bed or a child restraint. Never use it to bridge seats or support a sleeping child.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it puncture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is PVC and can be punctured like any inflatable. Keep it away from sharp objects and do not drag it on rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the surface with a damp cloth and mild detergent, then dry before deflating and storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is a comfort cushion, not a medical device. It is not registered with the TGA and we make no claim that it treats, prevents or reduces the risk of any medical condition, including deep vein thrombosis, circulatory conditions or swelling. If you have concerns about circulation or swelling during long periods of sitting or air travel, speak to your doctor - a cushion is not a substitute for medical advice. Not a flotation device, a seat, a step or a child sleeping surface. Many airlines prohibit inflatable footrests in the cabin; check before travelling. Supervise children around inflatable products.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40104603189308,"sku":"S78024","price":28.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S780243.jpg?v=1652930944"},{"product_id":"1-sets-foldable-storage-drawer-organizer-bra-underwear-closet-divider-kit-beige","title":"Drawer Organiser Set of 4 Foldable Fabric Dividers for Underwear","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a set of four fabric drawer organisers with 6, 7, 8 and 24 compartments, all 10.5cm deep, in beige non-woven fabric with removable hard inserts - $17.99 for the set.\u003c\/strong\u003e They sit inside an existing drawer and turn one open box into sorted compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA drawer is a bad container for small soft things. Everything settles to the bottom, pairs separate, and finding one specific item means disturbing everything else - which is why a tidy underwear drawer stays tidy for about four days. Compartments fix it permanently, because each item has a slot it goes back into rather than a general area it gets pushed towards. Four different cell counts matters too: bras need six deep pockets, socks need twenty-four small ones, and a single generic divider does neither well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 compartments - bras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 x 16 x 10.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 compartments - scarves or ties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 30 x 10.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 compartments - underwear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 x 16 x 10.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 compartments - socks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 30 x 10.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven fabric with hard cardboard inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable side panel and bottom zip - folds flat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 compartment organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 compartment organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 compartment organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 compartment organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Four Piece Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour cell counts, four jobs\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep pockets for bras, small cells for socks, medium for underwear and ties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll 10.5cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - they sit level together in one drawer instead of at different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e - take the cardboard out and they fold flat for storage or moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-woven fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e - it does not snag delicate fabric the way a hard plastic divider can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse them in or out of a drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e - they work on a wardrobe shelf or in a suitcase just as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill They Fit My Drawer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the drawer before ordering - this is the one thing worth checking. The four boxes are 33 x 16cm, 32 x 30cm, 29 x 16cm and 32 x 30cm, all 10.5cm deep, so you need at least 10.5cm of internal drawer depth for them to sit flat and the drawer to close. Laid out, the set covers roughly 62 x 46cm if you use all four side by side, though most people split them across two drawers. In a shallow drawer they will not fit at all, and in a very deep one you can stack shorter items on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Assemble Them?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach organiser arrives flat. Zip up the bottom zip, then slide the hard insert board in through the open side panel to give the box its shape and rigidity. That is the whole job and it takes about a minute each. To fold them away again, take the insert out and unzip the base. Keep the inserts somewhere you will find them - a folded organiser with a lost insert never quite works again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Should They Be Cleaned?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry, mostly. Wipe dust off with a dry cloth, and for a mark use a small soft brush rather than water. Do not wash them in water and do not put them in a machine - the hard inserts are cardboard and they will not survive it, and the non-woven fabric loses its stiffness when soaked. If something spills, take the insert out first, clean the fabric with the barest damp cloth, and air it in a ventilated spot until it is completely dry before reassembling. Keep them out of direct sunlight, which yellows beige fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people reorganising a bedroom, anyone whose sock drawer has become a single mass, students and share house residents with one chest of drawers, and people who travel and want the same sorting inside a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more - our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-travel-bag-organiser-toiletry-clothes-case-tidy-bags-suitcase-luggage\"\u003e5 piece packing cubes\u003c\/a\u003e do the same job in luggage, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2pcs-baseball-cap-rack-hat-holder-rack-home-organizer-storage-door-closet-hanger\"\u003ecap rack\u003c\/a\u003e handles what does not fit in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many compartments does each box have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6, 7, 8 and 24. Please note the manufacturer's package line lists \"5 cells\" for the first box while their itemised specification says 6 - we have used the specification, which gives dimensions for each box and is the more detailed source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll four are 10.5cm deep. Your drawer needs at least that much clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeige. The manufacturer's copy also mentions a dark brown, but only beige is stocked on this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be washed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The inserts are cardboard. Wipe with a dry cloth or a barely damp one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they fold flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Remove the hard insert and unzip the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they work in a wardrobe rather than a drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - they hold their shape on an open shelf just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eClothing shown in product photography is not included. Measure your drawer before ordering - all four boxes need 10.5cm of internal depth. Not washable; the inserts are cardboard. Keep away from damp and direct sunlight.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40279478140988,"sku":"S83937","price":17.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S839373.jpg?v=1658731917"},{"product_id":"travel-wristbands-motion-sickness-nausea-relief-wrist-band-2x-car-sea-sick-bands","title":"Travel Wristbands 2pk Acupressure Bands for Car Sea and Air Travel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are two knitted elasticated wristbands, each with a small plastic stud sewn into the inside face so it rests on the P6 point on the inner wrist - $8.99 for the pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both bands are worn together, positioned three fingers' width up from the wrist crease, with the stud against the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAcupressure bands have been sold for travel for decades and they appeal for one obvious reason: there is nothing to swallow, nothing that makes you drowsy and nothing to remember to take an hour before you leave. You put them on and take them off. Whether they work is a more honest conversation than most listings have - the research is genuinely mixed, and we would rather set that out plainly than tell you they are proven, which they are not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 bands (both worn together)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnitted elasticated band with a plastic stud sewn inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP6 point, three fingers' width from the wrist crease\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdults and children over 3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize and fabric composition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel wristband\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Acupressure Travel Bands\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to swallow\u003c\/strong\u003e - no tablets, no timing, no drowsiness to plan around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable indefinitely\u003c\/strong\u003e - one pair covers every trip rather than a packet per journey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be put on mid journey\u003c\/strong\u003e - useful when queasiness starts unexpectedly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable from age 3\u003c\/strong\u003e - one of the few travel options that suits young children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts less than one packet of tablets\u003c\/strong\u003e - at $8.99 the pair, it is cheap to try.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Acupressure Wristbands Actually Work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are not going to tell you they are proven, because the evidence is mixed. Some studies of P6 acupressure for nausea show a benefit, others show no difference from a placebo band, and reviews of the research have generally concluded the evidence is limited rather than conclusive. Plenty of people find they help and keep buying them; others notice nothing. At $8.99 they are inexpensive to try, and that is the honest case for them - not a proven mechanism. If motion sickness seriously affects your travel, talk to a pharmacist about what else is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Position Them Correctly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlacement is the part people get wrong. Turn your palm upward and measure three finger widths up from the crease of your wrist; the stud should sit at that point, pressed against the skin between the two tendons you can feel there. The stud faces inward, not outward. Both bands must be worn - one on each wrist - or the pressure is only on one side. Put them on before the journey starts if you can; the manufacturer says they take two to five minutes to have any effect, and they are less useful once you already feel unwell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAre They Suitable for Children?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states they suit adults and children over three years. For a child, check the band is snug enough that the stud stays in the right place but not so tight that it marks the skin or restricts circulation - a child's wrist is small and a band sized for an adult may need supervision. Keep an eye on younger children wearing them, and remove them at the end of the journey rather than leaving them on overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are families travelling with children who get carsick, people who take ferries or small boats, anyone who wants a drug free option for flights, and travellers who react badly to motion sickness tablets. They also sell to people who simply keep a pair in the glovebox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of the travel kit, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/plane-inflatable-foot-flight-travel-pad-footrest-portable-train-rest-pillow\"\u003einflatable plane footrest\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/travel-cosmetic-makeup-bag-hanging-toiletry-case-storage-large-bag-organizer-au\"\u003ehanging toiletry bag\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth and Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wear both?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The manufacturer specifies that both bands are worn, one on each wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a size or the fabric composition. They are knitted elasticated bands intended to stretch to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo washing instructions are supplied. Wipe clean and air dry rather than machine washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly do they work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer says two to five minutes, and that a better result comes from putting them on before the journey starts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear them while pregnant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease ask your doctor or midwife first. We make no claim about use in pregnancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they help chemotherapy or post operative nausea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe make no claim about medical nausea of any kind. Speak to your treating team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese are general travel accessories, not medical or therapeutic devices, and they are not registered with the TGA. We make no claim that they treat, prevent or relieve nausea, vomiting, motion sickness or any medical condition - the published evidence for P6 acupressure is limited and mixed. Not suitable for children under 3. Do not wear them so tightly that they restrict circulation. If you experience severe or persistent nausea, or nausea unrelated to travel, see a doctor or pharmacist.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40313196347452,"sku":"S84562","price":8.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S845621.jpg?v=1660186019"},{"product_id":"bedside-caddy-hanging-storage-bed-holder-couch-organizer-container-bag-pocket-au","title":"Bedside Caddy Hanging Canvas Storage Organiser with Metal Hook","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a canvas bedside caddy that hangs over a bed frame, bunk rail or sofa arm on a wrought iron hook, putting your phone, book and glasses within arm's reach - $21.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e It hangs where a bedside table would go if there were room for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot every bed has a bedside table beside it. Bunks, top bunks especially, sofa beds, dorm rooms, caravans and small bedrooms all have the same problem: your phone ends up on the floor, your glasses end up underneath you, and your book ends up somewhere between the two. A hanging caddy uses the side of the bed, which is space nobody was using, and costs a fraction of a piece of furniture that would not fit anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrought iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHangs over a bed frame, rail or sofa arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBedroom, dormitory, bunk, caravan, sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePocket count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBedside hanging storage caddy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Hanging Bedside Caddy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses space nothing else can\u003c\/strong\u003e - the side of the mattress, where no furniture fits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal hook, not fabric ties\u003c\/strong\u003e - a wrought iron hook holds its shape rather than stretching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks on a top bunk\u003c\/strong\u003e - the one place a bedside table can never go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCanvas rather than mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e - things stay in rather than slipping through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoves in seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e - lift it off and rehang it on the sofa, a caravan bunk or a different bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit My Bed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the thing to check, and unfortunately the manufacturer does not publish the hook opening or the caddy's dimensions. The hook is designed to sit over a bed frame rail or a mattress edge. It will suit most standard bed frames, bunk rails and sofa arms; what it may not suit is a very thick upholstered bed base, a divan with no exposed rail, or a mattress sitting directly on a platform with nothing to hook over. If your bed has no frame edge to hang from, this style of caddy will not work - contact us before ordering if you are not sure and we will measure the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Should and Should Not Go In It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhone, glasses, a book, a remote, a water bottle, a charging cable, tissues - the light things you want at arm's reach. What should not go in it is anything heavy or anything you would be upset to have fall: no laptops, no full drinks left overnight, nothing glass. There is no published weight rating, so treat it as light duty. Distribute what you put in it rather than loading one side, which keeps it hanging straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Else Does a Caddy Like This Work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBunk beds in a caravan or camper, where nothing else fits. Beside a sofa for remotes and phones. On the side of a desk. Hospital and care settings where there is no room beside the bed - though check first, since some facilities do not permit items hung on bed frames. Some people also use one on the back of a car seat for children's things on long trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people in small bedrooms and studio flats, students in dorms and share houses, families with bunk beds, caravanners, and anyone who has knocked a glass of water off a bedside table in the dark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage and Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e for more, including our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/100pcs-reusable-cable-tie-nylon-hook-loop-strap-cord-ties-pc-tv-organiser-au\"\u003ereusable cable ties\u003c\/a\u003e for the charging cables that end up in it. \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e covers the rest of the household basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions for this caddy. Contact us before ordering if the size matters and we will measure one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pockets does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo pocket count is published. Please refer to the product photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo weight rating is published. Treat it as light duty - phone, book, glasses, remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the hook fit a thick mattress?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to hook over a bed frame or rail. A very thick upholstered base or a platform bed with no exposed edge may not suit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not name a colour. Please refer to the product photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be washed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo washing instructions are supplied. Spot clean the canvas with a damp cloth and air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eContents shown in product photography are not included. No dimensions, pocket count or weight rating are published by the manufacturer. Light duty only - do not load with heavy or breakable items, and do not hang it where a fall could cause injury. Not intended to be climbed on or pulled. Keep cords and cables out of reach of young children and away from cots.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40350851596348,"sku":"S85109","price":21.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S851094.jpg?v=1661825353"},{"product_id":"2-units-clothes-lint-remover-battery-operated-pilling-fluff-fuzz-fabric-shaver","title":"Fabric Shaver 2pk Battery Lint Remover Triple Blade for Clothes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are two battery powered fabric shavers with triple blade heads that cut the pills and bobbles off knitwear rather than dragging them - $22.99 for the pair, running on two AA batteries each.\u003c\/strong\u003e Colours are sent at random.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pilled jumper looks old long before it is worn out, and that is the whole problem worth solving here. Pills form where fabric rubs - under the arms, along the sides, wherever a bag strap sits - and no amount of washing removes them. A rotating blade under a mesh guard shears them off flush with the fabric surface, which restores the look of the garment in a way nothing else does. Two units in a pack is genuinely useful: one lives in the laundry and one goes in a suitcase or stays at work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 shavers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple blade head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries each - NOT included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSent at random\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJumpers, knitwear, coats, blankets, upholstery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery powered fabric shaver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Battery Fabric Shaver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt cuts rather than drags\u003c\/strong\u003e - a rotating blade shears pills off flush, which is what actually restores a jumper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple blade head\u003c\/strong\u003e - more cutting edges means fewer passes over the same patch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo units\u003c\/strong\u003e - one for the laundry and one for a bag, or one to lend and not lose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster on heavy pilling\u003c\/strong\u003e - a powered blade handles a badly pilled wool coat far quicker than a manual tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on AA batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e - no charging, no dock, no proprietary cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElectric Shaver or Manual Lint Remover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey do genuinely different jobs and it is worth choosing on that rather than on price. An electric shaver has a rotating blade that \u003cem\u003ecuts\u003c\/em\u003e pills off, which is more thorough on badly pilled knitwear and considerably faster over a large area like a coat or a couch. A manual tool like our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lint-remover-clothes-fuzz-shaver-reusable-trimmer-manual-roller-carpet-portable\"\u003ecopper head lint remover\u003c\/a\u003e drags fibres off without cutting - gentler, no risk of a blade catching a loose knit, and it never needs batteries. For heavy pilling on thick jumpers, the shaver. For lint, fuzz and pet hair, and for delicate garments, the manual one. Plenty of households own both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Use One Without Damaging a Garment?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay the item completely flat on a hard surface - never shave a garment while wearing it or while holding it up, because the fabric bunches and the blade can catch a fold and cut a hole straight through. Move the head in slow circles with light pressure, letting the blade do the work. Empty the lint chamber often, since a full chamber stops the head sitting flat. Test an inconspicuous area first on anything loosely knitted, cashmere, or with a raised pattern. Avoid seams, buttonholes and anything with loose threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Fabrics Should You Avoid?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnything very loosely knitted, open weave, or with long fibres such as mohair and angora - the blade can catch a whole strand rather than a pill. Avoid raised patterns, cables and embroidery, where the head cannot sit flat and the high points get cut. Sequinned or beaded fabric is a definite no. Fine knits are possible but need real care and a very light touch. Where you are unsure, the manual lint remover is the safer tool because there is no blade to catch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are people with a wardrobe of wool and knitwear, anyone with a fabric couch that has gone bobbly, and people trying to get another season out of clothes rather than replacing them. It also sells to op shops and clothing resellers, who use them to refresh stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e for more household items and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the everyday basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre batteries included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Each shaver takes 2 x AA batteries, which are not supplied - you will need four in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours will I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColours are sent at random and cannot be selected. Please order only if any colour is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish dimensions. Contact us before ordering if that matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the blades replaceable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer does not state whether replacement blades are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it damage my jumper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsed flat with light pressure it should not. Always test an inconspicuous area first, and avoid loose knits, mohair and raised patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a couch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, on flat upholstery. Keep the head flat and work slowly around seams and piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBatteries are not included. CONTAINS ROTATING BLADES - never use on a garment while it is being worn, and never hold fabric up while shaving it, as a caught fold can be cut through. Always lay the item flat and test an inconspicuous area first. Remove batteries before cleaning the head. Keep away from children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40489356263484,"sku":"S86755","price":22.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/S867553.png?v=1667466625"},{"product_id":"footrest-portable-adjustable-travel-foot-rest-feet-hammock-for-airplane-rakis","title":"Foot Hammock Travel Footrest Adjustable Straps for Plane Tray Table","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a foot hammock that hangs from the arms of an aircraft tray table on adjustable straps, so your feet rest in a sling rather than on the floor. It packs down to 20 x 5cm with a drawstring bag and costs $21.99.\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat, it measures 70 x 21.5 x 43cm, and the padding is memory foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem a foot hammock solves is specific to seated travel: in an economy seat your feet reach the floor but your knees end up above your hips, and after two or three hours that angle is what makes your lower back ache. A hammock lets you raise and support your feet at a height you choose, which changes the angle at the hip. It also has one practical advantage over an inflatable footrest - nothing sits on the floor, so nothing gets kicked, and it takes no footwell space at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMemory foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 x 21.5 x 43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable for length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHangs from the tray table arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with the tray up or down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring bag included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel foot hammock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Foot Hammock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing on the floor\u003c\/strong\u003e - it takes no footwell space and cannot be kicked over or lost under the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/strong\u003e - the straps set the sling wherever suits your leg length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks to 20 x 5cm\u003c\/strong\u003e - it goes in a handbag, not just a carry on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to inflate\u003c\/strong\u003e - no blowing it up in a cramped seat and no worrying about punctures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with the tray up or down\u003c\/strong\u003e - you do not have to choose between the hammock and eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Does It Attach to the Seat in Front?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe straps loop over the two arms of the tray table on the seat back in front of you, and the sling hangs between them. Adjust the strap length until the sling sits where your feet naturally want to be. It takes under a minute and needs no tools. Because it hangs from the tray table rather than sitting on the floor, it comes down as easily as it goes up when the seatbelt sign comes on or you need to get out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Work on Every Aircraft?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily, and it is worth managing expectations. It relies on the seat in front having a tray table with two exposed arms, which most economy seats do but some do not - premium cabins with tray tables stowed in the armrest, bulkhead and exit rows with no seat in front, and some newer slimline seats will not suit it. Airline policies on hanging accessories also vary and cabin crew have the final say. If you sit in bulkhead or exit rows by preference, an inflatable footrest that sits on the floor may suit you better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Else Can You Use It For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder a desk is the second most common use - hung from a desk frame or a drawer unit, it does the same job for a home office chair. It also works on long coach and train journeys where the seat in front has a suitable frame. Because it packs so small, plenty of people keep one in a work bag permanently rather than only taking it on trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are long haul flyers, shorter travellers whose feet do not sit comfortably on the floor, people with lower back discomfort on long journeys, and desk workers. It also sells as a practical gift for someone travelling overseas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWe stock two other travel footrests: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/plane-inflatable-foot-flight-travel-pad-footrest-portable-train-rest-pillow\"\u003einflatable plane footrest\u003c\/a\u003e that sits in the footwell, and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/inflatable-foot-rest-cushion-travel-air-pillow-office-home-leg-footrest-relax\"\u003elarger inflatable cushion\u003c\/a\u003e for home and desk. Browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome and Garden\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small does it pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20 x 5cm in the supplied drawstring bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe manufacturer states 60g, which we think is unlikely for a memory foam product of this size. We have chosen not to publish a weight rather than repeat a figure we cannot stand behind - contact us before ordering if it matters and we will weigh one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt needs a seat in front with a tray table that has two exposed arms. Bulkhead rows, exit rows and some premium seats will not suit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it allowed on planes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolicies vary by airline and cabin crew have final discretion. Check with your airline before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo load rating is published. It is designed to support feet and lower legs only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be washed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo washing instructions are supplied. Spot clean with a damp cloth and air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you ship Australia wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, to every state and territory including regional and remote addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional and remote addresses. Orders placed on a business day are picked and dispatched promptly, with tracking emailed to you as soon as the parcel leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is a comfort accessory, not a medical device. It is not registered with the TGA and we make no claim that it prevents or relieves back pain, stiffness, swelling or any medical condition. Airline policies on hanging accessories vary and cabin crew have final discretion - always follow crew instructions and remove it when asked. No load rating is published; support feet and lower legs only, and never sit or stand in it. Keep away from children.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44156516663597,"sku":"S114725","price":21.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_8_e55dea20-1f4b-4406-892b-3a396d548df7.jpg?v=1670989016"},{"product_id":"pair-silicone-ear-plugs-25db-earplugs-sleeping-shooting-reusable-noise-reduction","title":"Ear Plugs for Sleeping - Reusable Silicone 25dB SNR with Case","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese reusable silicone ear plugs carry an SNR rating of 25dB, use a triple-flange fit and come with a carry case, priced at $12.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each plug measures approximately 2.2 x 1.5 x 1.5cm, the pair is washable, and the flange design lowers noise evenly rather than sealing sound out completely the way dense foam does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem with foam plugs is not that they fail - it is that they succeed too bluntly. They crush the high frequencies hardest, so a voice becomes a muffled rumble, you cannot tell whether the alarm went off, and you throw them away every couple of nights. A flanged silicone plug takes the top off the volume more evenly, which is why people who sleep next to a snorer, work nights, or sit through a loud gig tend to prefer them once they have tried both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen and blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize per plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.2 x 1.5 x 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSNR 25dB, supplier-stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, washable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone ear plugs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose These Silicone Ear Plugs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable rather than disposable\u003c\/strong\u003e - wash in warm water, air dry and use again, instead of a bin full of foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - the flange design lowers volume across the range rather than muffling everything into a rumble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes with a case\u003c\/strong\u003e - the reason most plugs get lost is that they have nowhere to live\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft flanges\u003c\/strong\u003e - no expanding foam pressing outward against the canal all night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall enough to always have\u003c\/strong\u003e - the case fits a pocket, a glovebox or a laptop bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does SNR 25dB Actually Mean for Sleeping?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSNR is the Single Number Rating, a laboratory figure describing how much noise a plug reduces under test conditions. Twenty-five decibels is a meaningful drop - roughly the difference between a busy road outside the window and a quiet room - but it is a reduction, not silence, and real-world performance is always lower than the laboratory figure because a perfect seal is hard to reproduce. For snoring, traffic and household noise it is generally enough to make the difference between hearing something and being woken by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre Reusable Silicone Ear Plugs Better Than Foam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor repeated use, usually yes. Foam achieves a slightly higher block when rolled and inserted perfectly, but it is single-use in practice, it muffles unevenly, and few people insert it correctly every time. Silicone flanges push in, seat consistently, wash, and last months. Foam still wins in one place - very high, sustained industrial noise, where the extra attenuation matters and where certified protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Fit Triple Flange Ear Plugs Correctly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReach over your head with the opposite hand and pull the top of your ear gently up and back - this straightens the canal. Push the plug in with a slow twist until the second or third flange seats and the outside world drops away noticeably. If sound only dulls slightly, it is not in far enough. Remove them slowly with a twisting motion rather than a sharp pull, which is uncomfortable and can create suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically light sleepers next to a snoring partner, shift workers trying to sleep through daylight and traffic, students in share houses, long-haul flyers, and people going to gigs who would rather still be able to hear the band. Parents of newborns buy them for the off-duty partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more everyday problem-solvers in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e range, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-beauty\"\u003eHealth \u0026amp; Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e for more personal care, or visit \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/personal-care-grooming\"\u003ePersonal Care \u0026amp; Grooming\u003c\/a\u003e for related accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I still hear my alarm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost people do, because the reduction is partial rather than total, but this varies with how deeply you sleep. If your alarm is critical, test it before you rely on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they comfortable to sleep on your side?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe flanges sit largely inside the canal, so side sleeping is generally fine. The stem can still be felt against a firm pillow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash in warm water with a little mild soap, rinse, and let them air dry completely before they go back in the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long do they last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMonths with regular cleaning. Replace them when the silicone stiffens, tears, discolours or stops sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they safe for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. They are a small-parts choking risk and the sizing is adult. Keep them out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear them at work in a noisy workplace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot as certified workplace protection. Australian workplace hearing protection must meet AS\/NZS 1270 and carry a class or SLC80 rating, which these do not state.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them for swimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are not sold as swimming plugs and are not rated for water exclusion, so a purpose-made swim plug is the right tool there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses across the country. Orders are dispatched promptly with tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSold as a comfort and general noise-reduction accessory for sleeping, travel and leisure. Not certified personal protective equipment: these plugs do not state an AS\/NZS 1270 class or SLC80 rating and must not be relied on as workplace, industrial or firearms hearing protection. The SNR 25dB figure is supplier-stated and laboratory-derived; real-world reduction is lower and depends on fit. Not suitable for children. Stop use and seek advice if you experience ear pain, discharge or irritation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44249345884461,"sku":"S95651","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_5_bb4bb7c1-050b-4366-9150-d4e43ab4286b.jpg?v=1672887179"},{"product_id":"100pcs-white-square-16cm-air-fryer-disposable-paper-liner-non-stick-pan-parchment-baking-paper","title":"Air Fryer Liners 100pk - White Square 16cm Disposable Paper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis 100-pack of disposable air fryer liners is white, square, and sized 16 x 16cm with 6cm sides, priced at $21.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are made from food grade silicone-coated paper that is non-stick, oil resistant and water resistant, and they are designed to be used once and thrown out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thing that ruins an air fryer is not the cooking, it is the twenty minutes afterwards. Marinade bakes onto the basket mesh, cheese welds itself into the perforations, and the non-stick coating quietly gives up under the scrubbing brush long before the machine does. A paper liner takes the mess out with the food. It also matters for anyone cooking for more than one diet in the same machine, because it keeps the crumbed fish out of contact with the halloumi in a way a rinse never quite does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16cm base, 6cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood grade silicone-coated paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProperties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick, oil resistant, water resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo - single use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare air fryer paper liners, 16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose These Air Fryer Liners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe mess leaves with the food\u003c\/strong\u003e - lift the liner out and the basket underneath is usually clean enough to wipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the basket coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - no metal utensils and no scouring pad against non-stick surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6cm walls, not a flat sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e - sauce, marinade and rendered fat stay inside instead of running underneath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps foods apart\u003c\/strong\u003e - useful when one household is cooking for different diets or allergies in one basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 in a pack\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough for months of regular use, at cents per cook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Air Fryer Liners Affect Cooking or Crisping?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlightly, and it depends on the food. An air fryer works by moving hot air past the food from all sides, and a solid paper liner blocks that airflow from underneath. Chips, wings and anything you want crisp on the base will be a little less crisp than they would be on bare mesh, though the top and sides are unaffected. For anything wet, breaded, cheesy, sticky or glazed, that trade is worth making. For a tray of hot chips it usually is not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Temperature Can Air Fryer Paper Liners Handle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur supplier describes the paper as high-temperature resistant but does not publish a maximum figure, so we will not quote one. The practical guidance is to stay within your air fryer manufacturer's normal cooking range, never use a liner during preheating, and never run the machine empty with a liner in it. If a liner scorches, browns heavily or curls at the edges, the temperature or the airflow is too high for that cook and the liner should come out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill a 16cm Square Liner Fit My Air Fryer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the base of your basket before ordering. A 16cm square base suits most compact and mid-size single-basket air fryers in the 2 to 5 litre range, and it also suits the individual drawers of many dual-basket models, which are usually narrower than people expect. Larger 6 to 8 litre single-basket machines and oven-style air fryers will leave a gap around the edge - the liner still works, but it needs to be weighed down properly by the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically households that use their air fryer several times a week and have stopped enjoying the cleaning, people who have already worn through one basket coating and do not want to do it again, share houses and student kitchens, and anyone cooking allergen-separated meals in a single machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFind more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003eKitchen \u0026amp; Dining\u003c\/a\u003e range, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-gadgets\"\u003eKitchen Gadgets\u003c\/a\u003e for the tools that go with them, or see \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the everyday household items we restock most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use one liner more than once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are designed as single use. A liner used for something dry and low-mess may survive a second cook, but it is not what they are made for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy must the food cover the liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause the air fryer's fan can lift an uncovered liner into the heating element, where it will scorch or catch fire. The food is what holds it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a liner in during preheating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. An empty basket during preheat is exactly the situation where a loose liner gets sucked upward. Add the liner and the food together, after preheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they the same as baking paper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSimilar material, different shape. These are pre-cut with 6cm sides that hold liquid, rather than a flat sheet you fold and hope stays put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they microwave or oven safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are sold for air fryer use. For an oven or microwave, use paper made and labelled for that appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they change the taste of food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The silicone coating is food grade and flavourless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be recycled or composted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilicone-coated paper is generally not accepted in kerbside paper recycling, and a used one carries food and fat. Check your council's guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses nationwide, and are dispatched promptly with tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eImportant safety information: always ensure the liner is fully weighed down by food before cooking, never use a liner while preheating, and never operate the air fryer with a liner and no food. A loose liner can be drawn into the heating element and ignite. Follow your air fryer manufacturer's instructions and temperature limits at all times. Dimensions are supplier-stated and may vary slightly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44249572278573,"sku":"S122642","price":21.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_11_bf192f6f-b7a6-4235-b779-9770c36668d8.jpg?v=1672891212"},{"product_id":"grey-laundry-bag-travel-for-dirty-clothes-camping-drawstring-closure-washing-machines","title":"Laundry Bag Grey 91 x 61cm - 210D Nylon Drawstring Travel Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis grey laundry bag is made from 210D nylon and measures 36 x 24 inches, roughly 91 x 61cm, with a drawstring closure, priced at $12.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e It folds down to almost nothing when empty, holds a full load of dirty clothes when it is not, and does not tear or lose its shape the way a supermarket bag does after two trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem it solves is unglamorous but constant. Dirty clothes have to go somewhere between the floor and the machine, and in a small flat, a share house, a caravan or a hotel room there is no basket-shaped space for a basket. A drawstring bag hangs on a hook, sits in the bottom of a wardrobe, goes in the boot, and folds flat into a suitcase corner on the way out. It is also the difference between carrying an armful of washing down two flights of stairs to the laundromat and carrying one thing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210D nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 24 inches, approx. 91 x 61cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds flat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon drawstring laundry bag, grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Nylon Laundry Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes up no room empty\u003c\/strong\u003e - folds into a pocket rather than occupying floor space like a basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e210D nylon, not woven plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e - it holds its shape under a full load instead of stretching and splitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawstring keeps it shut\u003c\/strong\u003e - nothing escapes on the stairs, in the boot or in a shared laundry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBig enough for a full machine load\u003c\/strong\u003e - one trip rather than three at 91 x 61cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot only for laundry\u003c\/strong\u003e - sports kit, camping gear, spare bedding, toys and general storage all work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Much Washing Does a 91 x 61cm Laundry Bag Hold?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComfortably a full domestic machine load and then some - in practical terms, roughly a week of laundry for one person, or a couple of days for a family. Nylon has very little stretch, so unlike a woven plastic bag it will not keep expanding until the seams give out. The useful limit is what you can carry rather than what the bag can hold: filled to the top with wet towels it becomes genuinely heavy, and the drawstring is a handle, not a shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Put a Nylon Laundry Bag in the Washing Machine?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe empty bag itself can generally go through a cold gentle cycle and be hung to dry, which is worth doing every few weeks. What it is not is a mesh wash bag - you do not put it in the machine full of clothes and expect them to wash. Nylon is not perforated, so water and detergent cannot circulate through it. Tip the contents into the drum and put the bag aside, or wash it separately on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes 210D Nylon Different From a Cotton Laundry Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe D is denier, a measure of yarn thickness, and 210D is the same weight of fabric used for lightweight packs and stuff sacks. Compared with a cotton bag it is lighter, folds far smaller, does not absorb moisture from damp towels, and dries quickly if it does get wet. Cotton breathes better, which matters if damp clothes will sit for days. For travel, the laundromat run and general storage, nylon wins on packability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically students and share house residents with no space for a hamper, people who take washing to a laundromat, travellers separating dirty clothes from clean inside a suitcase, caravanners and campers, and parents using them for sports kit and swimming gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organisation\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Organisation\u003c\/a\u003e range, or browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of our everyday household items. It is also available in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand up on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot when empty - it is a soft bag, not a rigid hamper. Part filled it holds a rough shape, and it is designed to hang or lean rather than stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it on a hook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The drawstring loops over a hook or a door handle, which is how most people use it in a small bathroom or wardrobe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the nylon waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is water resistant rather than waterproof, and the drawstring opening is not sealed. Wet towels are fine for a short trip, not for overnight storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it smell if clothes sit in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNylon does not breathe like cotton, so damp clothes left for days will get musty. Let wet items dry before they go in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it in the dryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Air dry it. Heat is what damages lightweight nylon and its coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it strong enough for gear other than clothes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within reason. It is used for camping gear, sports kit and bedding. Sharp or heavy items are what will eventually put a hole in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the exact capacity in litres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier states dimensions rather than a litre rating, so we quote the 91 x 61cm size rather than a volume figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses nationwide, with tracking on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot a mesh wash bag - do not machine wash clothing inside this bag. Water resistant, not waterproof. Air dry only; do not tumble dry. Dimensions are supplier-stated and may vary slightly, and colour may differ a little between screens and batches.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44317832315181,"sku":"S93610","price":12.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_4_636f8f4a-c222-4ede-82aa-049e4ee9cfd6.jpg?v=1673940543"},{"product_id":"12pcs-studio-acoustic-foam-sound-absorption-proofing-tiles-panel-wedge","title":"Acoustic Foam Panels 12pk - 30 x 30cm Black Studio Wedge Tiles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis 12-pack of black acoustic foam wedge panels measures 30 x 30 x 2.5cm each, covering approximately 1.08 square metres in total, priced at $21.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are made from polyurethane foam and are used to reduce echo and reflection inside a room - for recording, streaming, video calls and gaming - by absorbing sound rather than blocking it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere is the distinction that decides whether you will be happy with these, and it is worth two sentences before you buy. Acoustic treatment changes how a room sounds from the inside: it soaks up the reflections that make a voice sound boxy, hollow or echoey on a recording. Soundproofing stops sound passing through a wall to the neighbours, and it requires mass - dense, heavy material - not foam. If your goal is that your microphone stops picking up the room, these are the right product. If your goal is that the person in the next flat stops hearing you, no foam of any kind will achieve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30 x 2.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1.08 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWedge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVacuum compressed - expands after unpacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcoustic foam wedge panels, black, 30 x 30 x 2.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose These Acoustic Foam Panels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKills the echo close to the source\u003c\/strong\u003e - a small area of treatment behind and beside a microphone does most of the audible work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits how you want\u003c\/strong\u003e - staples, tacks, screws, spray adhesive or removable mounting strips all work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuts to size\u003c\/strong\u003e - a sharp knife or scissors trims a panel to fit around a shelf, a window frame or a corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWedge profile\u003c\/strong\u003e - the angled surface scatters and absorbs reflections rather than bouncing them straight back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwelve panels, one small price\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough to treat the first reflection points of a desk setup for the cost of a cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes Acoustic Foam Actually Soundproof a Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and any product that suggests otherwise is overselling. Blocking sound between rooms needs mass and airtightness - a heavier door, a sealed gap under it, a second layer of plasterboard. Foam has almost no mass, so it does nothing to stop transmission. What it genuinely does is absorb mid and high frequency reflections inside the room, which is why a voice recorded in a treated corner sounds tighter and closer than the same voice recorded in a bare one. At 2.5cm thick these work on speech and instrument frequencies; they will not do much to deep bass, which needs far thicker material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Much Wall Does a 12 Pack of 30cm Panels Cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 1.08 square metres in total - a patch roughly a metre square. That is the honest figure, and it is not a room's worth. It is, however, close to the right amount for the job most people are actually doing: covering the wall directly behind and to either side of a microphone or a desk, where the earliest and loudest reflections come from. Treating a whole room properly takes several packs and a plan. Treating the small area around a microphone takes one, and delivers most of the audible improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should You Put Acoustic Foam Panels First?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the wall your microphone faces, then the wall directly behind you, then the two side walls at head height. If you have a bare corner behind the desk, fill it - corners collect the most reflection. The ceiling directly above the desk is next. What you are chasing are the surfaces that a sound leaving your mouth hits first, because those reflections arrive back soonest and do the most damage to a recording. Spacing panels with small gaps between them works nearly as well as a solid block and covers more area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically podcasters and streamers treating a corner of a bedroom, home office workers tired of sounding like they are in a stairwell on video calls, musicians recording vocals at home, and gamers who want a cleaner voice channel. They are also used behind a desk purely for the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tech-mobile-accessories\"\u003eTech \u0026amp; Mobile Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range, see \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-stationery\"\u003eOffice \u0026amp; Stationery\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the desk setup, or check \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for everyday practical gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThey arrived flat and hard - is that a fault?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. They ship vacuum compressed to save space. Leave them in a ventilated room for 24 to 72 hours, or soak briefly in water, wring gently and air dry, and they recover their shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach them without damaging the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRemovable mounting strips or tabs are the renter-friendly option. Spray adhesive holds best but will mark paint when removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they stop my neighbours hearing me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Foam absorbs reflections inside a room; it does not block sound through walls. That requires mass and sealing, not foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut them to size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A sharp craft knife or a serrated blade gives the cleanest edge; scissors work for small trims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they fire rated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not publish a fire rating for this product, so we do not claim one. Keep foam away from heat sources, open flames, downlights and electrical fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they smell when new?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNew polyurethane foam can have a faint odour that fades within a few days of airing. The unpacking period sorts most of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVacuum gently with a brush attachment. Do not scrub, soak repeatedly or use solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses nationwide, dispatched promptly with tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis is acoustic treatment for reducing echo and reflection within a room. It is not soundproofing and will not stop sound transmitting through walls, floors or ceilings. No fire rating, acoustic absorption coefficient or NRC figure is published by the supplier and none is claimed here. Keep away from heat sources, naked flames, heaters, downlights and electrical fittings. Panels are supplied vacuum compressed and require 24 to 72 hours to recover their shape. Dimensions are supplier-stated and may vary slightly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44317837623597,"sku":"S92097","price":21.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_10_1054eb8d-6f2f-4b12-993e-a9e0fb37ded1.jpg?v=1673941177"},{"product_id":"2pcs-retractable-id-badge-lanyard-opal-card-holder-business-security-pass","title":"Retractable ID Holder – Leather Badge Card Reel 2 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eShow your pass fast with a \u003cstrong\u003eretractable ID holder\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 2 PU leather badge card holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarabiner reel with a strong 70cm pull cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure clip-on fit for lanyards \u0026amp; belts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, lightweight \u0026amp; easy to carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for office workers, students, events \u0026amp; factory ID passes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44450115846445,"sku":"S92965","price":17.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_bf8177f5-328a-44ec-b681-15d50df2dc82.jpg?v=1675912162"},{"product_id":"5x-25cm-green-microfibre-cloth-rag-bulk-car-kitchen-glass-cleaning-towel-washing","title":"Microfibre Cloths 5 Pack Green - 25cm Coral Fleece Cleaning Rags","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis five pack of green microfibre cloths gives you 25 x 25cm double-layer coral fleece cloths that hold around eight times their own weight in liquid, priced at $20.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are non-abrasive, safe on paint, glass, screens and polished surfaces, and are designed to be washed and reused hundreds of times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat actually separates microfibre from a tea towel is the fibre count. Microfibre is split into strands finer than a human hair, which does two things a cotton cloth cannot: the enormous surface area holds far more water, and the sharp split edges physically lift dirt and grease off a surface rather than smearing it around. That is why a damp microfibre cloth cleans a window with no spray at all, and why cotton needs chemicals to do the same job. It is the reason detailers, cleaners and opticians all use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cloths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrofibre, double-layer coral fleece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8 times its own weight in liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-abrasive, scratch free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - washable, hundreds of uses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen microfibre cleaning cloths, 25 x 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose These Microfibre Cloths\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleans with water alone\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre does the lifting, so you use far less spray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill not scratch\u003c\/strong\u003e - safe on car paint, glass, mirrors, screens and stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 8x its weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - one cloth deals with a spill that would take half a roll of paper towel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive in a pack\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough to keep separate cloths for kitchen, glass, car and bathroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHundreds of washes\u003c\/strong\u003e - they replace paper towel rather than joining it in the bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes Microfibre Different From a Normal Cloth?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFibre size and shape. A cotton fibre is relatively thick and round, so it pushes dirt ahead of it and needs a detergent to break grease down chemically. A microfibre strand is split lengthways into far finer filaments with sharp edges, which hook and trap dirt, grease and dust mechanically and hold them inside the cloth until it is washed. The vastly greater surface area is also why it absorbs so much more. In practice this means less chemical, fewer streaks on glass, and dirt that ends up in the wash rather than redistributed across the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Put Microfibre Cloths in the Dryer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can, but you should not, and this is the single most common way people ruin them. High heat melts and fuses the fine split filaments together, and once fused they cannot trap dirt or hold water - the cloth still looks fine and simply stops working. The same applies to fabric softener, which coats the fibres in a waxy film and has exactly the same effect. Wash them warm with detergent only, no softener, and hang them to dry. Wash them separately from cotton and towels, because microfibre grabs lint out of everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Do Microfibre Cloths Stop Absorbing Over Time?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost always residue rather than wear. Fabric softener, dryer sheets, heavy detergent build-up and hard water minerals all coat the fibres and block them. The usual fix is a hot wash with detergent and no softener, or a soak in warm water with a little white vinegar to strip mineral build-up. If a cloth has been through a hot dryer, the damage is heat fusion and it is permanent. Keeping a dedicated set for greasy kitchen work and another for glass also helps, because oil transferred from a kitchen cloth is what causes streaks on windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically households replacing paper towel, car owners washing and detailing at home, cleaners buying in bulk, and anyone who wants a set they can colour-code by room to stop the bathroom cloth ending up on the kitchen bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/a\u003e range, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-gadgets\"\u003eKitchen Gadgets\u003c\/a\u003e, or check \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the household items we restock most often. Also available in pink and purple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them on car paint?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is one of their main uses. Make sure the cloth is clean and free of grit first, since trapped grit is what scratches paint, not the fibre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they safe on TV and phone screens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, used dry or barely damp. Avoid cleaning sprays containing alcohol or ammonia on screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need cleaning product with them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOften not. Water alone handles dust, fingerprints and glass. Kitchen grease still benefits from a little detergent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I wash them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWarm machine wash with detergent, no fabric softener, washed separately from cotton, then hang to dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my glass streak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually oil or softener residue in the cloth. Keep a dedicated glass cloth that never touches greasy surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is coral fleece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA thicker, plusher microfibre knit with a raised pile. It holds more liquid than a flat weave, which is why it suits spills and general wiping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre all five cloths the same green?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this pack is a single colour. Shade may vary slightly between dye batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses nationwide, with tracking on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo not tumble dry and do not use fabric softener - both permanently reduce absorbency. Always check a cloth is free of grit before using it on paint or polished surfaces. Absorbency and dimensions are supplier-stated and may vary slightly; colour may differ a little between screens and dye batches.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44588011356461,"sku":"KG_Microfibre_Rag_Green_5x","price":20.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/green_cccbe8ef-3bd8-4f2d-8903-1f19cc7407b4.jpg?v=1677484696"},{"product_id":"no-tie-paints-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"No Tie Shoelaces – Elastic Lock Laces for Sneakers and Kids","description":"\u003cp\u003eSlip in and go with elastic \u003cstrong\u003eno tie shoelaces\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElastic laces stretch for easy on and off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure lock clasp holds all day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for kids, seniors and runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits sneakers, trainers and casual shoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for busy mornings, sport and anyone who dislikes tying laces.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44701721100589,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_Paints","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_68d64fc1-aae1-473e-bbab-ab39da292137.jpg?v=1678351817"},{"product_id":"no-tie-rainbow-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"No Tie Shoelaces Rainbow - Elastic Lazy Laces with Metal Locks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese no tie shoelaces are a rainbow-patterned elastic lace set measuring approximately 98 to 100cm long by 0.6cm wide, supplied with a pair of metal locking capsules, priced at $10.99 with fast Australian shipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thread them once, set the tension you want, trim the excess and lock them - after that the shoe goes on and off like a slip-on and never needs tying again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elastic is doing something a normal lace cannot. A conventional lace holds one fixed length, so a shoe is either tight enough to stay on or loose enough to get your foot into, and tying is how you switch between the two every time. An elastic lace stretches as the foot goes in and pulls back to the set tension once it is there, which means one setting covers both states. That is why these end up on the shoes of three quite different groups: people who cannot easily bend to tie laces, people who want to get out the door faster, and runners and triathletes who do not want to stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRainbow pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElastic lace with metal lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 98 to 100cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair of laces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocks included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair of metal locking capsules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrim to fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRainbow elastic shoelaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal locking capsules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose No Tie Elastic Laces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet the tension once\u003c\/strong\u003e - after fitting, the shoe goes on and off without touching the laces again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to come undone\u003c\/strong\u003e - a trailing lace is one of the most common causes of trips, and there is no bow to work loose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo bending down\u003c\/strong\u003e - useful for anyone with limited mobility, back pain or a pregnancy in the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrim to your own length\u003c\/strong\u003e - 98 to 100cm covers most shoes and cuts to size for the rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainbow pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e - a bit of colour on an otherwise plain pair of sneakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do No Tie Elastic Laces Work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elastic replaces the tying, and the metal capsule replaces the knot. You lace the shoe normally, thread both ends through the locking capsule, then pull the capsule down toward the shoe until the fit feels right - firm enough to hold the heel, loose enough to slide the foot in. Tie a small retaining knot below the capsule, trim off the excess lace, and cap the ends. From then on the lace stretches as your foot enters and returns to the same tension every time. If it turns out too tight or too loose, release the capsule and reset it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill No Tie Laces Fit Any Shoe?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey fit almost any lace-up shoe with conventional eyelets - sneakers, runners, casual shoes, most work boots and school shoes. Where they are less suited is anywhere the lace does real structural work: hiking boots and skate shoes where you deliberately lace tight through the ankle, and formal dress shoes, where a round elastic in a rainbow pattern is not the look. Boots with many eyelets may need the full length and leave little to trim. At 0.6cm the lace suits standard eyelets rather than the very narrow ones on some dress shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAre Elastic Laces a Good Idea for Kids and Older Adults?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are two of the biggest reasons people buy them. For young children, a shoe that cannot come undone in the playground removes a daily problem and a trip hazard, and it means a child who has not yet learned to tie laces can manage their own shoes. For older adults, and for anyone with arthritis, limited grip, back or hip problems, or a recent operation, the value is not having to bend down and manipulate a knot at all. In both cases fit the tension a little firmer than feels necessary at first, since elastic relaxes slightly with use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers are typically parents fitting out school shoes, runners and triathletes, people managing arthritis or reduced mobility, nurses and hospitality workers on long shifts, and anyone who simply wants to stop tying laces. They are also a common small gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/clothing-accessories\"\u003eClothing \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range, or browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/essentials\"\u003eEssentials\u003c\/a\u003e for the everyday items we restock most often. Also available in several other patterns and colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I have to cut the laces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly if there is excess after setting the tension, which there usually is. Cut a little at a time - you cannot put it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the tension later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Release the locking capsule, reset the tension and lock it again. That is why the capsule exists rather than a permanent knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they hold in a running race?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eElastic laces are widely used in triathlon for exactly this reason. Set them firmer than you would for casual wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they fit boots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoots with many eyelets use most of the 98 to 100cm length. Measure your existing laces first if your boots are tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the locks plastic or metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMetal locking capsules, supplied as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go in the washing machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe laces can be washed. Remove the metal capsules first, or wash the shoes in a mesh bag on a cold cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs one pair enough for one pair of shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. One pair of laces and one pair of capsules fits one pair of shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Australian Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders ship from within Australia to Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, Hobart, Canberra and Darwin, plus regional addresses nationwide, with tracking on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdult fitting required. Contains small parts - keep locking capsules away from children under three. Check the tension is firm enough that the shoe cannot slip off the heel, particularly for children and for anyone at risk of falls, and re-check it periodically as elastic relaxes with use. Not suitable where laces provide structural ankle support, such as hiking or safety boots. Length, diameter and pattern are supplier-stated and may vary slightly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44701739254061,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_Rainbow","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_2_2523bfc3-8c0a-475a-9f19-3d2aaa961699.jpg?v=1678351976"},{"product_id":"no-tie-rainbow-scales-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Rainbow Scales No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers Kids \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eUnique Rainbow Scales Design\u003cbr\u003eUpgrade your sneakers with a bold rainbow scales pattern, adding a stylish and eye-catching look to any pair of shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTurn your lace-up shoes into slip-ons. No more tying or loose laces—perfect for quick and easy wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eIncludes metal locking capsules that keep your laces firmly in place, ensuring a snug and reliable fit all day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eMade from high-quality elastic material that adapts to your foot, providing flexibility and long-lasting comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003eHelps prevent tripping from untied laces while keeping your shoes neat and tidy. Ideal for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eSimple to install—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a custom fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Rainbow Scales Pattern\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003cbr\u003eNote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44701781688621,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_RainbowScales","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_4_7509f824-f801-4531-9a81-cb6e0c8009a1.jpg?v=1678352218"},{"product_id":"no-tie-spiral-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Spiral No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers Kids \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eModern Spiral Design\u003cbr\u003eUpgrade your sneakers with a unique spiral-style elastic lace, adding a clean and stylish look to your shoes.\u003cbr\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTurn your lace-up shoes into easy slip-ons. No more tying or loose ends—perfect for everyday use.\u003cbr\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eComes with metal locking capsules that keep your laces firmly in place, ensuring a secure and consistent fit.\u003cbr\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eElastic material adapts to your foot shape, providing flexibility and all-day comfort for walking, sports, or casual wear.\u003cbr\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003ePrevents tripping caused by untied laces and keeps your shoes looking neat and tidy. Suitable for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003cbr\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eQuick to set up—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a customized fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Spiral Pattern\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote\u003cbr\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44708668670253,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_Spiral","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_5_961ecb51-ef5e-4f86-b717-6d8a78900b04.jpg?v=1678413531"},{"product_id":"no-tie-bamboo-green-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Bamboo Green No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers Kids \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eFresh Bamboo Green Design\u003cbr\u003eGive your shoes a clean and modern look with these bamboo green elastic shoelaces, perfect for everyday style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTurn any lace-up shoes into slip-ons. No more tying or loose ends—just slip on and go with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eIncludes metal locking capsules to keep your laces firmly in place, ensuring a snug and reliable fit all day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eMade from high-quality elastic material that adapts to your foot, providing flexibility and long-lasting comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003eHelps prevent tripping from untied laces while keeping your shoes neat and tidy. Ideal for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eQuick and simple to install—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a custom fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eColor: Bamboo Green\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003cbr\u003eNote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44708671881517,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_BambooGreen","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_6_3bb72ef5-8721-41e0-ae53-709faaa17922.jpg?v=1678413816"},{"product_id":"no-tie-rhythm-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Rhythm No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers Kids \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eStylish Rhythm Design\u003cbr\u003eUpgrade your sneakers with a unique rhythm-pattern design, adding a modern and eye-catching look to your footwear.\u003cbr\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTurn your lace-up shoes into easy slip-ons. No more tying or loose ends—perfect for daily use and active lifestyles.\u003cbr\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eIncludes metal locking capsules to keep your laces firmly in place, ensuring a secure and comfortable fit all day.\u003cbr\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eMade from high-quality elastic material that adapts to your feet, providing flexibility and long-lasting comfort.\u003cbr\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003eHelps prevent tripping from untied laces while keeping your shoes neat and tidy. Ideal for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003cbr\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eSimple to install—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a custom fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Rhythm Pattern\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote\u003cbr\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44708678828333,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_Rhythm","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_7_0cc5ca16-5e78-4d32-9b2c-9a2e68fce264.jpg?v=1678413934"},{"product_id":"no-tie-snake-print-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Snake Print No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers Kids \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eTrendy Snake Print Design\u003cbr\u003eGive your sneakers a bold and stylish upgrade with these snake print elastic shoelaces, perfect for standing out with a modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTransform your lace-up shoes into slip-ons. No more tying or loose laces—just slip on and go with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eComes with metal locking capsules that keep your laces firmly in place, ensuring a snug and reliable fit throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eMade from flexible elastic material that adapts to your foot, providing comfort and support for daily wear or sports activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003eHelps prevent tripping from untied laces while keeping your shoes looking clean and tidy. Suitable for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eQuick to install—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a custom fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Snake Print\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003cbr\u003eNote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44708681417005,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_SnakePrint","price":10.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_8_4120bc03-7d16-4a27-9549-8e365f3c1c18.jpg?v=1678414075"},{"product_id":"no-tie-black-leopard-locked-elastic-shoelace-shoe-lace-lazy-laces-sneakers-sports-kids-adults","title":"Glitter Dark No-Tie Elastic Shoelaces with Lock – Stretch Lazy Laces for Sneakers \u0026 Adults","description":"\u003cp\u003eStylish Dark Glitter Design\u003cbr\u003eUpgrade your sneakers with a sleek glitter dark finish, adding a subtle shine and modern look to your footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Tie Convenience\u003cbr\u003eTurn any lace-up shoes into slip-ons. No more tying or loose ends—perfect for quick, everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure Lock System\u003cbr\u003eComes with metal locking capsules that keep your laces firmly in place for a snug and reliable fit all day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStretchy and Comfortable Fit\u003cbr\u003eMade from high-quality elastic material that adapts to your foot, providing flexibility and long-lasting comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe and Practical\u003cbr\u003eHelps prevent tripping from untied laces while keeping your shoes neat and tidy. Ideal for kids, adults, athletes, and seniors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Installation\u003cbr\u003eQuick to install—thread, adjust, trim, and lock for a customized fit on most sneakers and casual shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Elastic + Metal Lock\u003cbr\u003eLength: Approx. 98–100 cm\u003cbr\u003eDiameter: Approx. 0.6 cm\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Glitter Dark\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Pair of Elastic Shoelaces\u003cbr\u003e1 Pair of Metal Locking Capsules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to Use\u003cbr\u003eThread the lace through the metal lock.\u003cbr\u003eAdjust to desired tightness and tie a small knot.\u003cbr\u003eTrim excess lace if needed.\u003cbr\u003eSecure with the locking capsule.\u003cbr\u003eNote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor may vary slightly due to lighting and screen differences.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow slight measurement variation due to manual measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Unbranded","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44708687511853,"sku":"KG_shoelace_Silver_GlitterLight","price":18.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0283\/8573\/8812\/products\/s-l1600_11_1ad2703d-e615-4efb-8df3-6d2e4ed2c066.jpg?v=1678696845"}],"url":"https:\/\/letsparty.com.au\/collections\/essentials.oembed?page=8","provider":"Lets Party","version":"1.0","type":"link"}